WO2024067412A1 - 波束确定方法以及相关装置 - Google Patents

波束确定方法以及相关装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024067412A1
WO2024067412A1 PCT/CN2023/120806 CN2023120806W WO2024067412A1 WO 2024067412 A1 WO2024067412 A1 WO 2024067412A1 CN 2023120806 W CN2023120806 W CN 2023120806W WO 2024067412 A1 WO2024067412 A1 WO 2024067412A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
control resource
resource set
value
control
resource
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/120806
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
樊波
陈雷
袁世通
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024067412A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024067412A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/232Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the physical layer, e.g. DCI signalling

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a beam determination method and related devices.
  • the fifth generation mobile communication system can use high-frequency communication, that is, use ultra-high frequency band (>6GHz) signals to transmit data.
  • high-frequency communication uses analog beam technology, which concentrates the signal energy within a smaller angle range by weighting the antenna array to form a signal similar to a light beam (called analog beam, or beam for short), thereby increasing the transmission distance.
  • the network device and the terminal device use beams for transmission.
  • the network device can indicate to the terminal device multiple beams that can be used for downlink transmission. For example, multiple downlink common beams, or multiple uplink and downlink common beams.
  • multiple downlink common beams, or multiple uplink and downlink common beams are examples of downlink common beams.
  • how to correctly apply the beams indicated by the network device to the corresponding channels is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides a beam determination method and related devices, which are used for a terminal device to correctly apply a beam indicated by a network device to a physical downlink control channel corresponding to a first control resource set and a physical downlink control channel corresponding to a second control resource set, thereby improving communication transmission performance. There is no need for the network device to indicate the beams used by each control resource set to the terminal device, thereby reducing the overhead of beam indication.
  • a first aspect of the present application provides a beam determination method, including:
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission. That is, the first beam and the second beam are both common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the beam adopted by the first control resource set, and receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the terminal device correctly applies the beam indicated by the network device to the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set and the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the beam adopted by the first control resource set, and receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and determines the beam adopted by the second control resource set according to the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • a second aspect of the present application provides a beam determination method, including:
  • the network device determines the beam used by the first control resource set and the beam used by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the first beam and the second beam are both common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel. That is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the network device sends the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the beam used by the first control resource set, and sends the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the beam used by the second control resource set.
  • the network device determines the beam used by the first control resource set and the beam used by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • the network device and the terminal device can transmit the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the corresponding control resource set through the corresponding beam.
  • the correct transmission between the network device and the terminal device can be achieved, and the communication transmission performance can be improved.
  • the network device does not need to indicate the beam used by each control resource set to the terminal device, thereby reducing the overhead of beam indication.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission and are indicated by the network device to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can select a suitable beam for the first control resource set and the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are control resource sets respectively associated with two search spaces for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are respectively associated with different search spaces.
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set with a smaller index among the two control resource sets
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set with a larger index among the two control resource sets, that is, the index of the first control resource set is smaller than the index of the second control resource set
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set with a larger index among the two control resource sets
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set with a smaller index among the two control resource sets, that is, the index of the first control resource set is greater than the index of the second control resource set
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set with a relatively early configuration order among the two control resource sets, that is, the configuration order of the first control resource set precedes the configuration order of the second control resource set
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set with a relatively late configuration order among the two control resource sets
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set with a relatively late configuration order among the two control resource sets
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set with the control resource set with
  • the control resource set adopts the first beam; or, when the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set is a second value, the control resource set adopts the second beam; or, when the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set is a third value, the control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam.
  • various values of the beam parameters corresponding to the control resource set and their corresponding meanings are shown, so that the terminal device can determine the beam used by the control resource set in combination with the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the control resource set.
  • the terminal device can use the correct beam to receive the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the control resource set.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are configured or indicated by the network device; the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set satisfy at least one of the following: the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are not the third value; the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are different; in the first control resource set and the second control resource set, the value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is the first value, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is the second value; the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the second value; the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the second value; the
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are configured by the network device, and the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are shown.
  • the beam parameter value is set from a configuration perspective, so that the first control resource set and the second control resource set use different beams. This enables repeated high-reliability transmission of physical downlink control channels based on different beams.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are configured or indicated by the network device; the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set satisfy at least one of the following: the first control resource set is not configured or instructed to adopt the first beam and the second beam, and the second control resource set is not configured or instructed not to adopt the first beam and the second beam; the beams adopted by the first control resource set and the second control resource set are different; in the first control resource set and the second control resource set, one control resource set adopts the first beam and the other control resource set adopts the second beam; the first control resource set adopts the first beam and the second control resource set adopts the second beam; the first control resource set adopts the second beam and the second control resource set adopts the first beam.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is default, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is configured by the network device; the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is determined according to the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set.
  • the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is determined according to the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set. That is, the beam used by one of the control resource sets is the beam indicated by the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set, or in other words, the beam used by one of the control resource sets is determined according to the beam used by the other control resource set.
  • the default value of the beam parameter is shown, which is conducive to ensuring that the common beams used by the two control resource sets are different. Thereby, repeated high-reliability transmission of physical downlink control channels based on different beams is always achieved.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is determined according to the value of the beam parameter corresponding to another control resource set, including: if the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is the first value, then the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is the second value; or, if the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is the second value, then the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is the first value.
  • the other control resource set adopts the first beam
  • the one of the control resource sets adopts the second beam
  • the one of the control resource sets adopts the first beam.
  • a specific value-taking method of the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is shown. This is conducive to ensuring that the common beams used by the two control resource sets are different. This always achieves repeated high-reliability transmission of physical downlink control channels based on different beams.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are both default; the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value, and the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the second value; or, the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the second value, and the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the first value.
  • the first control resource set uses the first beam by default
  • the second control resource set uses the second beam by default; or, the first control resource set uses the second beam by default, and the second control resource set uses the first beam by default.
  • the default value of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value and the default value of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set is shown. This is conducive to ensuring that the common beams used by the two control resource sets are different. This always achieves repeated high-reliability transmission of physical downlink control channels based on different beams.
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set; wherein the first condition includes a combination of at least one or more of the following: the network device configures the first control resource set and the second control resource set to use a common beam; the network device configures a common beam for the terminal device; the network device configures two groups of common beams that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the control resource set pool index value associated with all control resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device is the same; or, all control resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device are associated with the same control resource set pool.
  • the terminal device determines the beam used by the first control resource set and the beam used by the second control resource set. The conditions of the beam to be used are determined, so that the terminal device can correctly apply the beam indicated by the network device to the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the control resource set, thereby improving communication transmission performance.
  • the network device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set; wherein the first condition includes a combination of at least one or more of the following: the network device configures the first control resource set and the second control resource set to use a common beam; the network device configures a common beam for the terminal device; the network device configures two groups of common beams that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the control resource set pool index value associated with all control resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device is the same; or, all control resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device are associated with the same control resource set pool.
  • the conditions for the network device to determine the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set are further limited, thereby facilitating correct transmission between the network device and the terminal device.
  • a third aspect of the present application provides a beam determination method, including:
  • the terminal device determines the first control resource set and the second control resource set configured by the network device.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the first control resource set adopts a common beam
  • the second control resource set adopts a dedicated beam.
  • the terminal device determines the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission. That is, the first beam and the second beam are both common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set. Thereby, the terminal device correctly applies the beam indicated by the network device to the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set. Thereby improving the communication transmission performance.
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set. There is no need for the network device to indicate the beam adopted by each control resource set to the terminal device, thereby reducing the overhead of beam indication.
  • the terminal device determines the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set. It is beneficial for the terminal device to determine a suitable default value for the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set. It is beneficial for the terminal device to transmit the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set and the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set through different beams, thereby improving the reliability of communication transmission.
  • a fourth aspect of the present application provides a beam determination method, including:
  • the network device determines the first control resource set and the second control resource set determined for the terminal device.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the first control resource set adopts a common beam
  • the second control resource set adopts a dedicated beam.
  • the network device determines the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the network device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission. That is, the first beam and the second beam are both common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the network device determines the beam used by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set. Thereby, correct transmission between the network device and the terminal device is achieved. Thereby, the communication transmission performance is improved.
  • the network device determines the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set. It is beneficial for the network device to determine a suitable default value for the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set. It is beneficial for the network device to transmit the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set and the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set through different beams, thereby improving the reliability of communication transmission.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission indicated by the network device to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can select a suitable beam from the first beam and the second beam for the first control resource set.
  • the first control resource set adopts the first beam; or, when the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is a second value, the first control resource set adopts the second beam; or, when the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is a third value, the first control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam.
  • various values of the default values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the corresponding meanings are shown, so as to facilitate the terminal device to determine the beam used by the first control resource set in combination with the default values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the terminal device is enabled to use the correct beam to receive the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set. There is no need for the network device to indicate the beams used by each control resource set to the terminal device, thereby reducing the overhead of beam indication.
  • the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is one of the first value and the second value
  • the beam indicated by the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to two different beam sets respectively
  • the two different beam sets are two beam sets configured or activated by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the first control resource set uses one of the first beam and the second beam
  • the beam used by the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to two different beam sets respectively.
  • the beam used by the first control resource set is constrained by the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the beam indicated by the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to two different beam sets respectively.
  • Different beam sets correspond to different TRPs, thereby achieving repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel with the terminal device through different transmission and reception points (TRPs), thereby improving the reliability of communication transmission.
  • a fifth aspect of the present application provides a beam determination method, including:
  • the network device determines the first control resource set and the second control resource set configured for the terminal device.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the first control resource set adopts a common beam
  • the second control resource set adopts a dedicated beam.
  • the network device determines the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the network device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, and the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission. That is, the first beam and the second beam are both common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the network device correctly determines the beam used by the first control resource set, which facilitates the application of the beam to the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set, so that the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set adopts the correct beam for transmission, thereby improving the communication transmission performance.
  • the network device determines the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set. It is beneficial for the network device to configure appropriate configuration values for the first control resource set. Thereby, it is beneficial for the network device to transmit the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set and the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set through different beams, thereby improving the reliability of communication transmission.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission indicated by the network device to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can select a suitable beam from the first beam and the second beam for the first control resource set.
  • the first control resource set adopts the first beam; or, when the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is a second value, the first control resource set adopts the second beam; or, when the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is a third value, the first control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam.
  • various values of the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the corresponding meanings are shown, so as to facilitate the network device to determine the beam used by the first control resource set in combination with the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, so as to enable the network device to use the correct beam to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is one of the first value and the second value
  • the beam indicated by the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to two different beam sets respectively; the two different beam sets are configured or activated by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the first control resource set uses one of the first beam and the second beam, and the beam used by the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to different beam sets.
  • the beam used by the first control resource set is constrained by the value selection method of the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the beam indicated by the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to two different beam sets respectively. Different beam sets correspond to different TRPs, thereby achieving repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel with the terminal device through different TRPs, thereby improving the reliability of communication transmission.
  • the beam used by the first control resource set belongs to the first beam set, and the beam used by the second control resource set belongs to the second beam set; the first beam set corresponds to the first transmission receiving point TRP, and the second beam set corresponds to the second TRP.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set belong to different beam sets. Different beam sets correspond to different TRPs, thereby achieving repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel with the terminal device through different TRPs, thereby improving the reliability of communication transmission.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are control resource sets respectively associated with two search spaces for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are respectively associated with different search spaces.
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set with a smaller index among the two control resource sets
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set with a larger index among the two control resource sets, that is, the index of the first control resource set is smaller than the index of the second control resource set
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set with a larger index among the two control resource sets
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set with a smaller index among the two control resource sets, that is, the index of the first control resource set is larger than the index of the second control resource set
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set with a relatively early configuration order among the two control resource sets
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set with a relatively late configuration order among the two control resource sets, that is, the configuration order of the first control resource set precedes the configuration order of the second control resource set
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set with a relatively late configuration order among the two control resource sets
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set with the control resource set with
  • a sixth aspect of the present application provides a beam determination method, including:
  • the terminal device determines a first measurement resource; the terminal device determines a beam used by the first measurement resource according to a first rule; the terminal device receives a measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource from a network device according to the beam used by the first measurement resource.
  • the terminal device can determine the beam used by the first measurement resource according to the first rule, so as to transmit the measurement signal between the terminal device and the network device, and realize the channel measurement between the terminal device and the network device.
  • a seventh aspect of the present application provides a beam determination method, including:
  • the network device determines a first measurement resource; the network device determines a beam used by the first measurement resource according to a first rule; the network device sends a measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource to the terminal device according to the beam used by the first measurement resource.
  • the network device can determine the beam used by the first measurement resource according to the first rule, thereby transmitting the measurement signal between the terminal device and the network device, and realizing the channel measurement between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the terminal device determines the beam used by the first measurement resource according to the first rule, including: the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource uses a preconfigured beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the terminal device can use the preconfigured beam corresponding to the first measurement resource to receive a measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource. Thereby, the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource is received, which facilitates the measurement of the channel.
  • the network device determines the beam used by the first measurement resource according to the first rule, including: the network device determines that the first measurement resource uses a preconfigured beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the network device may use the preconfigured beam corresponding to the first measurement resource to send a measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource. This facilitates the terminal device to measure the channel.
  • the terminal device determines the beam used by the first measurement resource and the beam used by the second measurement resource according to the first rule, including: the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource uses the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the terminal device can use the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource to receive the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource. Thereby, the measurement signal is received, which facilitates channel measurement.
  • the network device determines the beam used by the first measurement resource according to the first rule, including: the network device determines that the first measurement resource uses a default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the network device can use the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource to send a measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource. Thereby, the measurement signal is sent, which facilitates channel measurement.
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource sets, and the network device indicates to the terminal device a first beam that can be used for downlink transmission and a second beam that can be used for downlink transmission; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among the two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index among the two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is larger than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with an earlier configuration order among the two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is earlier than the configuration order of another resource set other than the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs in the two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among the two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set other than the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs in the two different resource sets.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index among two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is greater than the index of another resource set among the two different resource sets except that of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set among the two different resource sets except that of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with an earlier configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is earlier than the configuration order of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam.
  • a possible method for determining the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is shown, so as to determine a suitable beam for the first measurement resource as the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource. This facilitates the implementation of joint beam measurement between the terminal device and multiple TRPs.
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource subsets in the same resource set, and the resource set includes a resource pair; the network device indicates to the terminal device a first beam that can be used for downlink transmission and a second beam that can be used for downlink transmission, and the first measurement resource belongs to the resource pair; if the first measurement resource is a resource The resource with the smaller index in the source pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is smaller than the index of another resource in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with an earlier configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first measurement resource precedes the configuration order of another resource in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with a larger index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource adopts a default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource;
  • the first condition includes a combination of one or more of the following:
  • the network device configures a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the network device indicates two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding preconfigured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the start time occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than the first threshold value; or, the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the conditions for the terminal device to adopt the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource are further defined.
  • the network device determines that the first measurement resource adopts a default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource;
  • the first condition includes a combination of one or more of the following:
  • the network device configures a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the network device indicates two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding preconfigured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the start time occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than the first threshold value; or, the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the conditions for the network device to adopt the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource are further defined.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index.
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource sets, and the two beams correspond to the control resource set with the smallest index in one or more control resource sets transmitted in the most recent time slot of the terminal device; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index in two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to two different resource sets in the order of configuration.
  • a resource set with a front configuration order that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is earlier than the configuration order of another resource set other than the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index in two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is greater than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets other than the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order in two different resource sets, That is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set other than the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with an earlier configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is earlier than the configuration order of another resource set except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams.
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource subsets in the same resource set, and the resource set includes a resource pair; the two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index in one or more control resource sets transmitted in the most recent time slot of the terminal device, the first measurement resource belongs to the resource pair; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is smaller than the index of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with an earlier configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first measurement resource precedes the configuration order of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a larger index in
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource; wherein the second condition includes a combination of one or more of the following: the network device has not configured a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the network device has not indicated a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding pre-configured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the starting time domain position occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than a first threshold value; the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource; the network device configures a single-frequency network mode A (sfnSchemeA) for the terminal device, in which a control resource set of the terminal device corresponds to two beams, and
  • sfnSchemeA single-frequency network mode A
  • the network device determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource; wherein the second condition includes a combination of one or more of the following: the network device has not configured a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the network device has not indicated a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding pre-configured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the starting time domain position occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than a first threshold value; the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource; the network device configures a single-frequency network mode A (sfnSchemeA) for the terminal device, in which a control resource set of the terminal device corresponds to two beams, and
  • sfnSchemeA single-frequency network mode A
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource sets, and the network device indicates the transmission configuration indicator (TCI) state to the terminal device through downlink control information (DCI), and the TCI field in the DCI includes at least one TCI field value; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among the two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value, and the first TCI field value is at least one TCI word.
  • TCI transmission configuration indicator
  • DCI downlink control information
  • a resource set with a later order that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index among two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is greater than the index of another resource set except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs in the two different resource sets, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set except the resource set except the
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with an earlier configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is earlier than the configuration order of another resource set except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource subsets in the same resource set, and the resource set includes a resource pair; the network device indicates the TCI state to the terminal device through the DCI, and the TCI field in the DCI includes at least one TCI field value, and the first measurement resource belongs to the resource pair; if the first measurement resource belongs to For a resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is smaller than the index of another resource in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value, and the first TCI field value is the smallest TCI field value among the TCI field values used to indicate the two TCI states in at least one TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a forward configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a larger index in two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is greater than the index of the other resource of the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a later configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first measurement resource is later than the configuration order of the other resource of the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state indicated by the first TCI field value.
  • the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states or, if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource with a larger index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is greater than the index of the other resource of the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a later configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first measurement resource is later than the configuration order of the other resource of the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is smaller than the index of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value.
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource; wherein the third condition includes a combination of one or more of the following: the network device has not configured a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the network device has not indicated a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding preconfigured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the start time occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the physical downlink control channel transmitted by the first measurement resource is less than a first threshold value; the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource; or, the network device configures a first parameter for the terminal device, and the first parameter is used for the terminal device to adopt two default beams to receive the physical downlink shared channel of the terminal device.
  • the network device determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource; wherein the third condition includes a combination of one or more of the following: the network device has not configured a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the network device has not indicated a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding preconfigured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the start time occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the physical downlink control channel transmitted by the first measurement resource is less than a first threshold value; the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource; or, the network device configures a first parameter for the terminal device, and the first parameter is used for the terminal device to adopt two default beams to receive the physical downlink shared channel of the terminal device.
  • the first beam and the second beam include any one of the following:
  • the first beam is a beam with a smaller index among two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is a beam with a larger index among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission; that is, the index of the first beam is smaller than the index of the second beam; or,
  • the first beam is a beam with a forward configuration order among two common beams available for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is a beam with a backward configuration order among two common beams available for downlink transmission; that is, the configuration order of the first beam precedes the configuration order of the second beam; or,
  • the first beam belongs to the first beam set, and the second beam belongs to the second beam set.
  • the first beam set and the second beam set are two beam sets of the same type configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the first beam set is the beam set with the smaller index in the two beam sets of the same type.
  • beam set, the second beam set is the beam set with a larger index among the two beam sets, that is, the index of the first beam set is smaller than the index of the second beam set; or, the first beam set is the beam set with an earlier configuration order among two beam sets of the same type, and the second beam set is the beam set with a later configuration order among the two beam sets, that is, the configuration order of the first beam set is earlier than the configuration order of the second beam set; or,
  • the first beam belongs to a first beam group
  • the second beam belongs to a second beam group.
  • the first beam group and the second beam group are two beam groups of the same type activated by a network device through a media access control element (MAC CE).
  • the first beam group is the beam group with a smaller index among the two beam groups of the same type
  • the second beam group is the beam group with a larger index among the two beam groups of the same type, that is, the index of the first beam group is smaller than the index of the second beam group
  • the first beam group is the beam group with an earlier activation order in the MAC CE among the two beam groups of the same type
  • the second beam group is the beam group with a later activation order in the MAC CE among the two beam groups of the same type, that is, the activation order of the first beam group precedes the activation order of the second beam group; or,
  • the first beam is a beam having a smaller transmission configuration indicator (TCI) field value among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is a beam having a larger TCI field value among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the TCI field value corresponding to the first beam is smaller than the TCI field value corresponding to the second beam;
  • the first beam is the beam indicated by the first transmission configuration indication TCI field in downlink control information (DCI)
  • the second beam is the beam indicated by the second TCI field in the DCI
  • the first beam is a beam corresponding to a first part of field values among all field values of the TCI field in the DCI
  • the second beam is a beam corresponding to a second part of field values among all field values of the TCI field in the DCI
  • the first beam and the second beam are two beams of the same type indicated by the same TCI field in the DCI, and the first beam is a beam with an earlier activation order in the MAC CE among the two beams of the same type, and the second beam is a beam with a later activation order in the MAC CE among the two beams of the same type, that is, the activation order of the first beam precedes the activation order of the second beam; or,
  • the first beam is the beam indicated by the first DCI
  • the second beam is the beam indicated by the second DCI.
  • the first DCI is the DCI carried by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set group of the two control resource set groups configured by the network device for the terminal device
  • the second DCI is the DCI carried by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set group of the two control resource set groups.
  • the first control resource set group is the control resource set group with the smaller group index of the two control resource set groups
  • the second control resource set group is the control resource set group with the larger group index of the two control resource set groups, that is, the group index of the first control resource set group is smaller than the group index of the second control resource set group; or, the value of the first field in the first DCI is used to indicate that the beam indicated by the first DCI is the first beam, and the value of the first field in the second DCI is used to indicate that the beam indicated by the second DCI is the second beam.
  • An eighth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • a processing module configured to determine, from the first beam and the second beam, a beam adopted by the first control resource set and a beam adopted by the second control resource set according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set, wherein the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the first beam and the second beam are both common beams that can be used for downlink transmission; the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel;
  • the transceiver module is used to receive the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the beam adopted by the first control resource set, and to receive the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission and are indicated by the network device to the communication apparatus.
  • the control resource set adopts the first beam; or, when the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set is a second value, the control resource set adopts the second beam; or, when the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set is a third value, the control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are configured or indicated by the network device; the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the second control resource set are configured or indicated by the network device;
  • the beam parameters corresponding to the source set satisfy at least one of the following: the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are not the third value; the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are different; in the first control resource set and the second control resource set, the value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is the first value, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is the second value; the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the second value; the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are configured or indicated by the network device; the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set satisfy at least one of the following: the first control resource set is not configured or instructed to adopt the first beam and the second beam, and the second control resource set is not configured or instructed not to adopt the first beam and the second beam; the beams adopted by the first control resource set and the second control resource set are different; in the first control resource set and the second control resource set, one control resource set adopts the first beam and the other control resource set adopts the second beam; the first control resource set adopts the first beam and the second control resource set adopts the second beam; the first control resource set adopts the second beam and the second control resource set adopts the first beam.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is default, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is configured by the network device; the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is determined according to the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is determined according to the value of the beam parameter corresponding to another control resource set, including: if the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is a first value, then the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is a second value; or, if the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is a second value, then the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is a first value.
  • the other control resource set adopts the first beam
  • the one of the control resource sets adopts the second beam
  • the one of the control resource sets adopts the first beam.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are both default; the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value, and the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the second value; or, the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the second value, and the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the first value.
  • the first control resource set uses the first beam by default
  • the second control resource set uses the second beam by default; or, the first control resource set uses the second beam by default, and the second control resource set uses the first beam by default.
  • the communication device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set; wherein the first condition includes a combination of at least one or more of the following: the network device configures the first control resource set and the second control resource set to use a common beam; the network device configures a common beam for the communication device; the network device configures two groups of common beams that can be used for downlink transmission for the communication device; all control resource sets configured by the network device for the communication device are associated with the same control resource set pool index value; or, all control resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device are associated with the same control resource set pool.
  • a ninth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • a processing module configured to determine, from the first beam and the second beam, a beam adopted by the first control resource set and a beam adopted by the second control resource set according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set, wherein the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the first beam and the second beam are both common beams that can be used for downlink transmission; the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel;
  • the transceiver module is used to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the beam adopted by the first control resource set, and to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two possible beams indicated by the communication device to the terminal device. Common beam used for downlink transmission.
  • the control resource set adopts the first beam; or, when the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set is a second value, the control resource set adopts the second beam; or, when the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set is a third value, the control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are configured or indicated by the communication device; the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set satisfy at least one of the following: the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are not the third value; the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are different; in the first control resource set and the second control resource set, the value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is the first value, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is the second value; the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the second value; the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value, and the value of the beam parameter
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are configured or indicated by the communication device; the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set satisfy at least one of the following: the first control resource set is not configured or instructed to adopt the first beam and the second beam, and the second control resource set is not configured or instructed not to adopt the first beam and the second beam; the beams adopted by the first control resource set and the second control resource set are different; in the first control resource set and the second control resource set, one control resource set adopts the first beam and the other control resource set adopts the second beam; the first control resource set adopts the first beam and the second control resource set adopts the second beam; the first control resource set adopts the second beam and the second control resource set adopts the first beam.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is default, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is configured by the communication device; the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is determined according to the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is determined according to the value of the beam parameter corresponding to another control resource set, including: if the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is a first value, then the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is a second value; or, if the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is a second value, then the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is a first value.
  • the other control resource set adopts the first beam
  • the one of the control resource sets adopts the second beam
  • the one of the control resource sets adopts the first beam.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are both default values; the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value, and the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the second value; or, the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the second value, and the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the first value.
  • the first control resource set uses the first beam by default
  • the second control resource set uses the second beam by default; or, the first control resource set uses the second beam by default, and the second control resource set uses the first beam by default.
  • the communication device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set; wherein the first condition includes a combination of at least one or more of the following: the communication device configures the first control resource set and the second control resource set to use a common beam; the communication device configures a common beam for the terminal device; the communication device configures two groups of common beams that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the control resource set pool index value associated with all control resource sets configured by the communication device for the terminal device is the same; or, all control resource sets configured by the communication device for the terminal device are associated with the same control resource set pool.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are control resource sets respectively associated with two search spaces for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set
  • the resource sets are respectively associated with different search spaces; wherein the first control resource set is the control resource set with a smaller index among the two control resource sets, and the second control resource set is the control resource set with a larger index among the two control resource sets, that is, the index of the first control resource set is smaller than the index of the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is the control resource set with a larger index among the two control resource sets, and the second control resource set is the control resource set with a smaller index among the two control resource sets, that is, the index of the first control resource set is greater than the index of the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is the control resource set with a relatively early configuration order among the two control resource sets, and the second control resource set is the control resource set with a
  • the configuration order of the first control resource set is later than the configuration order of the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with a smaller index in the two search spaces, and the second control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with a larger index in the two search spaces, that is, the index of the search space associated with the first control resource set is smaller than the index of the search space associated with the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with an earlier configuration order in the two search spaces, and the second control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with a later configuration order in the two search spaces, that is, the configuration order of the search space associated with the first control resource set is earlier than the configuration order of the search space associated with the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with a later configuration order in the two search spaces, and the second control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with an
  • a tenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • a processing module is used to determine a first control resource set and a second control resource set configured by a network device, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel; the first control resource set adopts a public beam, and the second control resource set adopts a dedicated beam; when the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is default, the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is determined according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set; the beam adopted by the first control resource set is determined from the first beam and the second beam according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, the first beam and the second beam are two public beams that can be used for downlink transmission; that is, the first beam and the second beam are both public beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the present application provides a beam determination method, including:
  • a processing module is used to determine a first control resource set and a second control resource set configured for a terminal device, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel; the first control resource set adopts a common beam, and the second control resource set adopts a dedicated beam; when the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is default, the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is determined according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set; the beam adopted by the first control resource set is determined from the first beam and the second beam according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission; that is, the first beam and the second beam are both common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission and are indicated by the network device to the communication apparatus.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission and are indicated by the communication device to the terminal device.
  • the first control resource set adopts the first beam; or, when the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is a second value, the first control resource set adopts the second beam; or, when the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is a third value, the first control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam.
  • the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is one of the first value and the second value
  • the beam indicated by the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to two different beam sets respectively
  • the two different beam sets are two beam sets configured or activated by the network device for the communication device.
  • the first control resource set uses one of the first beam and the second beam
  • the first control resource set The beam used by the source set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to two different beam sets respectively.
  • the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is one of the first value and the second value
  • the beam indicated by the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to two different beam sets respectively
  • the two different beam sets are two beam sets configured or activated by the communication device for the terminal device.
  • the first control resource set uses one of the first beam and the second beam
  • the beam used by the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to two different beam sets respectively.
  • the beam used by the first control resource set belongs to the first beam set, and the beam used by the second control resource set belongs to the second beam set; the first beam set corresponds to the first transmission receiving point TRP, and the second beam set corresponds to the second TRP.
  • a twelfth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • a processing module is used to determine a first control resource set and a second control resource set configured for a terminal device, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, the first control resource set adopts a common beam, and the second control resource set adopts a dedicated beam; determine a configuration value of a beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set; determine a beam adopted by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the first beam and the second beam are both common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission and are indicated by the communication device to the terminal device.
  • the first control resource set adopts the first beam; or, when the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is a second value, the first control resource set adopts the second beam; or, when the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is a third value, the first control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam.
  • the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is one of the first value and the second value
  • the beam indicated by the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set belong to two different beam sets respectively
  • the two different beam sets are two beam sets configured or activated by the communication device for the terminal device.
  • the first control resource set adopts one of the first beam and the second beam
  • the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set belong to different beam sets respectively.
  • the beam used by the first control resource set belongs to the first beam set, and the beam used by the second control resource set belongs to the second beam set; the first beam set corresponds to the first transmission receiving point TRP, and the second beam set corresponds to the second TRP.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are control resource sets respectively associated with two search spaces for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are respectively associated with different search spaces; wherein, the first control resource set is the control resource set with a smaller index among the two control resource sets, and the second control resource set is the control resource set with a larger index among the two control resource sets, that is, the index of the first control resource set is smaller than the index of the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is the control resource set with a larger index among the two control resource sets, and the second control resource set is the control resource set with a smaller index among the two control resource sets, that is, the index of the first control resource set is greater than the index of the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is the control resource set with a smaller index among the two control resource sets.
  • the first control resource set is a control resource set with a later configuration order among the two control resource sets
  • the second control resource set is a control resource set with a later configuration order among the two control resource sets, that is, the configuration order of the first control resource set is earlier than the configuration order of the second control resource set
  • the first control resource set is a control resource set with a later configuration order among the two control resource sets
  • the second control resource set is a control resource set with a earlier configuration order among the two control resource sets, that is, the configuration order of the first control resource set is later than the configuration order of the second control resource set
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with a smaller index among the two search spaces
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with a larger index among the two search spaces, that is, the index of the search space associated with the first control resource set is smaller than the index of the search space associated with the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is the search space with a smaller
  • the first control resource set is a control resource set corresponding to the search space with a later configuration order among the two search spaces
  • the second control resource set is a control resource set corresponding to the search space with a later configuration order among the two search spaces, that is, the configuration order of the search space associated with the first control resource set is earlier than the configuration order of the search space associated with the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is a control resource set corresponding to the search space with a later configuration order among the two search spaces
  • the second control resource set is a control resource set corresponding to the search space with an earlier configuration order among the two search spaces, that is, the configuration order of the search space associated with the first control resource set is later than the configuration order of the search space associated with the second control resource set.
  • a thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • a processing module configured to determine a first measurement resource; and determine a beam used by the first measurement resource according to a first rule;
  • the transceiver module is used to receive a measurement signal corresponding to a first measurement resource from a network device according to a beam adopted by the first measurement resource.
  • the processing module is specifically used to:
  • the processing module is specifically used to:
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the communication device are configured in two different resource sets, and the network device indicates to the communication device a first beam that can be used for downlink transmission and a second beam that can be used for downlink transmission; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among the two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets other than the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index among the two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is larger than the index of the two different resource sets.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with an earlier configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is earlier than the configuration order of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set among the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with an earlier configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is earlier than the configuration order of another resource set among the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam.
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the communication device are configured in two different resource subsets in the same resource set, and the resource set includes a resource pair; the network device indicates to the communication device a first beam that can be used for downlink transmission and a second beam that can be used for downlink transmission, and the first measurement resource belongs to the resource pair; if the first measurement resource is a resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is less than the index of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with a front configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the first measurement resource If the configuration order of the first measurement resource precedes the configuration order of the other resource in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with a larger index in the resource pair, that is, if the
  • the communication device determines that the first measurement resource adopts a default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource;
  • the first condition includes a combination of one or more of the following:
  • the network device configures a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the communication device; the network device indicates two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission for the communication device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding preconfigured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the start time occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than the first threshold value; or, the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the conditions for the communication device to use the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource are further defined.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index.
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the communication device are configured in two different resource sets, and the two beams correspond to the control resource set with the smallest index in one or more control resource sets transmitted in the most recent time slot of the communication device; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a forward configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the first measurement resource belongs to If the configuration order of a resource set precedes the configuration order of another resource set except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index among two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is greater than the index of another resource set among the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the first The default beam corresponding to the measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the communication device are configured in two different resource subsets in the same resource set, and the resource set includes a resource pair; two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index in one or more control resource sets transmitted in the most recent time slot of the communication device, and the first measurement resource belongs to the resource pair; if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is smaller than the index of another resource of the resource pair, Then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with an earlier configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first measurement resource precedes the configuration order of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a larger index in the resource pair
  • the communication device determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource; wherein the second condition includes a combination of one or more of the following: the network device has not configured a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the communication device; the network device has not indicated a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the communication device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding pre-configured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the starting time domain position occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than a first threshold value; the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource; the network device configures a single-frequency network mode A (sfnSchemeA) for the communication device, in which a control resource set of the communication device corresponds to two beams,
  • sfnSchemeA single-frequency network mode A
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the communication device are configured in two different resource sets, and the network device indicates the TCI state to the communication device through DCI, and the TCI field in the DCI includes at least one TCI field value; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among the two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value, and the first TCI field value is at least one TCI word
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state among the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index among two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is larger.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order in the two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to an index of another resource set in the two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs If the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource
  • the measurement resources configured by the network device for the communication device are configured in two different resource subsets in the same resource set, and the resource set includes a resource pair; the network device indicates the TCI state to the communication device through DCI, and the TCI field in the DCI includes at least one TCI field value, and the first measurement resource belongs to the resource pair; if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is less than the index of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value, and the first TCI field value is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the at least one TCI field value used to indicate two TCI states.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a larger index in two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is greater than the index of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a larger index in two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is greater than the index of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a larger index in two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is greater than the index of another resource in the
  • the communication device determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource; wherein the third condition includes a combination of one or more of the following: the network device has not configured a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the communication device; the network device has not indicated a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the communication device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding preconfigured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the start time occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the physical downlink control channel transmitted by the first measurement resource is less than a first threshold value; the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource; or, the network device configures a first parameter for the communication device, and the first parameter is used for the communication device to adopt two default beams to receive the physical downlink shared channel of the communication device.
  • the first beam and the second beam include any one of the following:
  • the first beam is a beam with a smaller index among two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is a beam with a larger index among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission; that is, the index of the first beam is smaller than the index of the second beam; or,
  • the first beam is a beam with a forward configuration order among two common beams available for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is a beam with a backward configuration order among two common beams available for downlink transmission; that is, the configuration order of the first beam precedes the configuration order of the second beam; or,
  • the first beam belongs to the first beam set, and the second beam belongs to the second beam set.
  • the first beam set and the second beam set are two beam sets of the same type configured by the network device for the communication device.
  • the first beam set is the beam set with a smaller index among the two beam sets of the same type
  • the second beam set is the beam set with a larger index among the two beam sets, that is, the index of the first beam set is smaller than the index of the second beam set
  • the first beam set is the beam set with a earlier configuration order among the two beam sets of the same type
  • the second beam set is the beam set with a later configuration order.
  • the set is a beam set with a later configuration order among the two beam sets, that is, the configuration order of the first beam set is earlier than the configuration order of the second beam set; or,
  • the first beam belongs to the first beam group
  • the second beam belongs to the second beam group
  • the first beam group and the second beam group are two beam groups of the same type activated by the network device through MAC CE
  • the first beam group is the beam group with a smaller index among the two beam groups of the same type
  • the second beam group is the beam group with a larger index among the two beam groups of the same type, that is, the index of the first beam group is smaller than the index of the second beam group
  • the first beam group is the beam group with an earlier activation order in MAC CE among the two beam groups of the same type
  • the second beam group is the beam group with a later activation order in MAC CE among the two beam groups of the same type, that is, the activation order of the first beam group precedes the activation order of the second beam group; or,
  • the first beam is a beam having a smaller TCI field value among two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is a beam having a larger TCI field value among two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the TCI field value corresponding to the first beam is smaller than the TCI field value corresponding to the second beam;
  • the first beam is the beam indicated by the first transmission configuration indication TCI field in the DCI
  • the second beam is the beam indicated by the second TCI field in the DCI
  • the first beam is a beam corresponding to a first part of field values among all field values of the TCI field in the DCI
  • the second beam is a beam corresponding to a second part of field values among all field values of the TCI field in the DCI
  • the first beam and the second beam are two beams of the same type indicated by the same TCI field in the DCI, and the first beam is a beam with an earlier activation order in the MAC CE among the two beams of the same type, and the second beam is a beam with a later activation order in the MAC CE among the two beams of the same type, that is, the activation order of the first beam precedes the activation order of the second beam; or,
  • the first beam is the beam indicated by the first DCI
  • the second beam is the beam indicated by the second DCI.
  • the first DCI is the DCI carried by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set group of the two control resource set groups configured by the network device for the communication device
  • the second DCI is the DCI carried by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set group of the two control resource set groups.
  • the first control resource set group is the control resource set group with the smaller group index of the two control resource set groups
  • the second control resource set group is the control resource set group with the larger group index of the two control resource set groups, that is, the group index of the first control resource set group is smaller than the group index of the second control resource set group; or, the value of the first field in the first DCI is used to indicate that the beam indicated by the first DCI is the first beam, and the value of the first field in the second DCI is used to indicate that the beam indicated by the second DCI is the second beam.
  • a fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • a processing module configured to determine a first measurement resource; and determine a beam used by the first measurement resource according to a first rule;
  • the transceiver module is used to send a measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource to the terminal device according to the beam used by the first measurement resource.
  • the processing module is specifically used to:
  • the processing module is specifically used to:
  • the measurement resources configured by the communication device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource sets, and the communication device indicates to the terminal device a first beam that can be used for downlink transmission and a second beam that can be used for downlink transmission; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among the two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set among the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index among the two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is larger than the index of another resource set among the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set in the two different resource sets
  • the measurement resources configured by the communication device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource subsets in the same resource set, and the resource set includes a resource pair; the communication device indicates to the terminal device a first beam that can be used for downlink transmission and a second beam that can be used for downlink transmission, and the first measurement resource belongs to the resource pair; if the first measurement resource is a resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is less than the index of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with a higher configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first measurement resource precedes the configuration order of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with a larger index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement
  • the communication device determines that the first measurement resource adopts a default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource;
  • the first condition includes a combination of one or more of the following:
  • the communication device configures a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the communication device indicates two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding preconfigured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the start time occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than the first threshold value; or, the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the conditions for the communication device to use the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource are further defined.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index.
  • the measurement resources configured by the communication device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource sets, and the two beams correspond to the control resource set with the smallest index in one or more control resource sets transmitted in the most recent time slot of the terminal device; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among the two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with an earlier configuration order among the two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is earlier than the configuration order of another resource set except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource
  • a larger resource set that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is greater than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order in the two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index in the two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is greater than the index of another resource set in the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or,
  • the measurement resources configured by the communication device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource subsets in the same resource set, and the resource set includes a resource pair; the two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index in one or more control resource sets transmitted in the most recent time slot of the terminal device, the first measurement resource belongs to the resource pair; if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is smaller than the index of another resource of the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource with an earlier configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first measurement resource precedes the configuration order of another resource of the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource with a larger index in the resource pair, that is
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a larger index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is greater than the index of the other resource of the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a later configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first measurement resource is later than the configuration order of the other resource of the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is less than the index of the other resource of the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of
  • the communication device determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource; wherein the second condition includes a combination of one or more of the following: the communication device has not configured a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the communication device has not indicated a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding pre-configured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the starting time domain position occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than a first threshold value; the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource; the communication device configures a single-frequency network mode A (sfnSchemeA) for the terminal device, in which a control resource set of the terminal device corresponds to two beams,
  • sfnSchemeA single-frequency network mode A
  • the measurement resources configured by the communication device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource sets, and the communication device indicates the TCI state to the terminal device through the DCI, and the TCI field in the DCI includes at least one TCI field value; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set among the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value, and the first TCI field value is the smallest TCI field value among the TCI field values used to indicate the two TCI states in at least one TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a higher configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index among two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is greater than the index of another resource set among the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among two different resource sets, that is, if the configuration order of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is later than the configuration order of another resource set except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs is smaller than the index of another resource set among the two different resource sets except the resource set to which the first measurement resource belongs, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value.
  • the measurement resources configured by the communication device for the terminal device are configured in two different resource subsets in the same resource set, and the resource set includes a resource pair; the communication device indicates the TCI state to the terminal device through DCI, and the TCI field in the DCI includes at least one TCI field value, and the first measurement resource belongs to the resource pair; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is smaller than the index of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value.
  • the first TCI field value is the smallest TCI field value among the TCI field values used to indicate two TCI states in at least one TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a front configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first measurement resource precedes the configuration order of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a larger index in two different resource sets, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is greater than that of another resource in the resource pair.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a later configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first measurement resource is later than the configuration order of another resource in the resource pair, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a larger index in the resource pair, that is, if the index of the first measurement resource is greater than the index of the other resource in the resource pair, then the first measurement resource
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a later configuration order in the resource pair, that is, if the configuration order of the first measurement resource is
  • the communication device determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource; wherein the third condition includes a combination of one or more of the following: the communication device has not configured a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the communication device has not indicated a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device; the first measurement resource has no corresponding preconfigured beam; the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource; the time interval between the start time occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the physical downlink control channel transmitted by the first measurement resource is less than a first threshold value; the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource; or, the communication device configures a first parameter for the terminal device, and the first parameter is used for the terminal device to adopt two default beams to receive the physical downlink shared channel of the terminal device.
  • the first beam and the second beam include any one of the following:
  • the first beam is a beam with a smaller index among two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is a beam with a larger index among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission; that is, the index of the first beam is smaller than the index of the second beam; or,
  • the first beam is a beam with a forward configuration order among two common beams available for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is a beam with a backward configuration order among two common beams available for downlink transmission; that is, the configuration order of the first beam precedes the configuration order of the second beam; or,
  • the first beam belongs to a first beam set
  • the second beam belongs to a second beam set.
  • the first beam set and the second beam set are two beam sets of the same type configured by the communication device for the terminal device.
  • the first beam set is the beam set with a smaller index among the two beam sets of the same type
  • the second beam set is the beam set with a larger index among the two beam sets, that is, the index of the first beam set is smaller than the index of the second beam set
  • the first beam set is the beam set with an earlier configuration order among the two beam sets of the same type
  • the second beam set is the beam set with a later configuration order among the two beam sets, that is, the configuration order of the first beam set precedes the configuration order of the second beam set; or,
  • the first beam belongs to the first beam group
  • the second beam belongs to the second beam group
  • the first beam group and the second beam group are two beam groups of the same type activated by the communication device through MAC CE
  • the first beam group is the beam group with a smaller index among the two beam groups of the same type
  • the second beam group is the beam group with a larger index among the two beam groups of the same type, that is, the index of the first beam group is smaller than the index of the second beam group
  • the first beam group is the beam group with an earlier activation order in MAC CE among the two beam groups of the same type
  • the second beam group is the beam group with a later activation order in MAC CE among the two beam groups of the same type, that is, the activation order of the first beam group precedes the activation order of the second beam group; or,
  • the first beam is a beam having a smaller TCI field value among two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is a beam having a larger TCI field value among two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the TCI field value corresponding to the first beam is smaller than the TCI field value corresponding to the second beam;
  • the first beam is the beam indicated by the first transmission configuration indication TCI field in the DCI
  • the second beam is the beam indicated by the second TCI field in the DCI
  • the first beam is a beam corresponding to a first part of field values among all field values of the TCI field in the DCI
  • the second beam is a beam corresponding to a second part of field values among all field values of the TCI field in the DCI
  • the first beam and the second beam are two beams of the same type indicated by the same TCI field in the DCI, and the first beam is a beam with an earlier activation order in the MAC CE among the two beams of the same type, and the second beam is a beam with a later activation order in the MAC CE among the two beams of the same type, that is, the activation order of the first beam precedes the activation order of the second beam; or,
  • the first beam is the beam indicated by the first DCI
  • the second beam is the beam indicated by the second DCI.
  • the first DCI is the DCI carried by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set group of the two control resource set groups configured by the communication device for the terminal device
  • the second DCI is the DCI carried by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set group of the two control resource set groups.
  • the first control resource set group is the control resource set group with the smaller group index of the two control resource set groups
  • the second control resource set group is the control resource set group with the larger group index of the two control resource set groups, that is, the group index of the first control resource set group is smaller than the group index of the second control resource set group; or, the value of the first field in the first DCI is used to indicate that the beam indicated by the first DCI is the first beam, and the value of the first field in the second DCI is used to indicate that the beam indicated by the second DCI is the second beam.
  • the present application provides a communication device, the communication device comprising a processor.
  • the processor is used to call and run a computer program stored in a memory, so that the processor implements any one of the implementation methods in any one of the first to seventh aspects.
  • the communication device also includes a transceiver; the processor is also used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals.
  • the communication device includes a memory in which a computer program is stored.
  • a sixteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions, characterized in that when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is caused to execute an implementation method as described in any one of the first to seventh aspects.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, comprising computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer executes any one of the implementation methods in the first to seventh aspects.
  • the present application provides a chip device, comprising a processor, which is used to connect to a memory and call a program stored in the memory so that the processor executes any one of the implementation methods of the first to seventh aspects above.
  • the nineteenth aspect of the present application provides a communication system, which includes the communication device as shown in the eighth aspect and the communication device as shown in the ninth aspect; or, the communication system includes the communication device as shown in the tenth aspect and the communication device as shown in the eleventh aspect; or, the communication system includes the communication device as shown in the thirteenth aspect and the communication device as shown in the fourteenth aspect.
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the beam adopted by the first control resource set, and receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the terminal device correctly applies the beam indicated by the network device to the channel corresponding to the corresponding control resource set, so that the channel corresponding to the control resource set adopts the correct beam for transmission, thereby improving the communication transmission performance.
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and determines the beam adopted by the second control resource set according to the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set. There is no need for the network device to indicate the beams adopted by each control resource set to the terminal device, thereby reducing the overhead of beam indication.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system used in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is another schematic diagram of a communication system used in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a first embodiment of a beam determination method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a beam determination method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a second embodiment of a beam determination method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a third embodiment of the beam determination method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a fourth embodiment of the beam determination method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a first structure of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of a second structure of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a third structure of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG11 is a schematic diagram of a fourth structure of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG12 is a fifth structural diagram of the communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13 is a sixth structural diagram of the communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG14 is a seventh structural diagram of the communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a beam determination method and related apparatus, which is used for a terminal device to correctly apply the beam indicated by a network device to a channel corresponding to a corresponding control resource set, thereby improving communication transmission performance. There is no need for the network device to indicate the beams used by each control resource set to the terminal device, thereby reducing the overhead of beam indication.
  • 5G system new radio (NR) system
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system
  • LTE time division duplex (TDD) system LTE time division duplex (UMTS)
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • 5G network for example, 6G mobile communication system
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • the communication system to which the present application is applicable includes terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the terminal equipment and network equipment of the present application are introduced below.
  • the terminal device may be a wireless terminal device capable of receiving network device scheduling and instruction information.
  • the terminal device may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, or a handheld device with wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • Terminal equipment also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • Terminal equipment is a device that includes wireless communication functions (providing voice/data connectivity to users).
  • handheld devices with wireless connection functions or vehicle-mounted devices, etc.
  • some examples of terminal equipment are: mobile phones, tablet computers, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (AR) devices, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in Internet of Vehicles, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, or wireless terminals in smart homes, etc.
  • wireless terminals in the Internet of Vehicles can be vehicle-mounted equipment, vehicle equipment, vehicle-mounted modules, vehicles, etc.
  • Wireless terminals in industrial control can be cameras, robots, etc.
  • Wireless terminals in smart homes can be TVs, air conditioners, sweepers, speakers, set-top boxes, etc.
  • a network device can be a device in a wireless network.
  • a network device can be a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions for terminal devices.
  • a network device can be a radio access network (RAN) node that connects terminal devices to a wireless network, and can also be called an access network device.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the network device includes, but is not limited to: an evolved Node B (eNB), a radio network controller (RNC), a Node B (NB), a base station controller (BSC), a base transceiver station (BTS), a home base station (e.g., a home evolved NodeB, or a home Node B, HNB), a baseband unit (BBU), an access point (AP) in a wireless fidelity (WIFI) system, a wireless relay node, a wireless backhaul node, a transmission point (TP) or a TRP, etc., and may also be a network device in a 5G mobile communication system.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • NB Node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • a home base station e.g., a home evolved NodeB, or a home Node B, HNB
  • BBU baseband unit
  • AP access point
  • WIFI wireless
  • a next generation NodeB (gNB) in an NR system a transmission reception point (TRP), a TP; or, one or a group of antenna panels (including multiple antenna panels) of a base station in a 5G mobile communication system; or, the network device may also be a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point.
  • gNB next generation NodeB
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • TP transmission reception point
  • TP transmission reception point
  • the network device may also be a network node constituting a gNB or a transmission point.
  • BBU or distributed unit (DU), etc.
  • the gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements the functions of the radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers.
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implements the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the MAC layer, and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • the AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, RF processing, and related functions of active antennas.
  • the network device can be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into a network device in the RAN, or the CU can be divided into a network device in the core network (CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system used in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes at least one network device.
  • the network device 111 the communication system also includes at least one terminal device.
  • the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122 the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122.
  • the network device 111 can transmit with the terminal device 121 and the terminal device 122 using beams.
  • FIG2 is another schematic diagram of a communication system used in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include at least two network devices.
  • network device 211 network device 212, and network device 213 as shown in FIG2 .
  • the communication system also includes at least one terminal device.
  • terminal device 221 as shown in FIG2 .
  • Terminal device 221 may be provided with communication services by multiple network devices.
  • network device 211 may use beam 1 to transmit with terminal device 221
  • network device 212 may use beam 2 to transmit with terminal device 221.
  • Network device 213 may use beam 3 to transmit with terminal device 221. That is to say, one terminal device may be provided with communication services by multiple network devices at the same time.
  • a beam is a communication resource.
  • a beam can be a wide beam, a narrow beam, or other types of beams.
  • the technology used to form the beam can be beamforming technology or other technical means.
  • Beamforming technology can specifically include digital beamforming technology, analog beamforming technology, and hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology. Different beams can be considered as different resources.
  • a beam may be referred to as a spatial domain filter, a spatial filter, a spatial domain parameter, a spatial parameter, a spatial parameter, a spatial domain setting, a spatial setting, quasi-colocation (QCL) information, a QCL assumption, or a QCL indication, etc.
  • a beam may be indicated by a TCI-state parameter or by a spatial relation parameter. Therefore, in this application, a beam may be replaced by a spatial filter, a spatial filter, a spatial parameter, a spatial parameter, a spatial setting, a spatial setting, QCL information, a QCL assumption, a QCL indication, a TCI-state (including uplink TCI-state, downlink TCI-state), or a spatial relation, etc.
  • the above terms are also equivalent to each other.
  • a beam may also be replaced by other terms that represent a beam, which are not limited in this application.
  • a beam used to transmit a signal may be referred to as a transmission beam (Tx beam), a spatial domain transmission filter, a spatial transmission filter, a spatial domain transmission parameter, a spatial transmission parameter, a spatial domain transmission setting, or a spatial transmission setting.
  • Tx beam transmission beam
  • a transmit beam may be indicated by a TCI-state.
  • the beam used to receive the signal may be referred to as a reception beam (Rx beam), a spatial domain reception filter, a spatial reception filter, a spatial domain reception parameter or a spatial reception parameter, a spatial domain reception setting, or a spatial reception setting.
  • a reception beam Rx beam
  • a spatial domain reception filter a spatial domain reception filter
  • a spatial domain reception parameter or a spatial reception parameter a spatial domain reception setting
  • a spatial domain reception setting a spatial domain reception setting
  • Both the transmit beam and the receive beam can be indicated by any one of the spatial relationship, TCI-state, and SRS resource (indicating the transmit beam using the SRS). Therefore, the transmit beam can also be replaced by the SRS resource.
  • the transmit beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions of space after the signal is transmitted by the antenna
  • the receive beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions of space of the wireless signal received from the antenna.
  • the beam may be a wide beam, a narrow beam, or other types of beams.
  • the technology for forming the beam may be a beamforming technology or other technologies.
  • the beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, a hybrid digital beamforming technology, or a hybrid analog beamforming technology.
  • Beams generally correspond to resources. For example, when measuring beams, the network device measures different beams through different resources. The terminal device feeds back the measured resource quality, and the network device knows the quality of the corresponding beam. When data is transmitted, beam information is also indicated through its corresponding resources. For example, the network device indicates the PDSCH beam information of the terminal device through the TCI field in the DCI.
  • One beam may include one or more antenna ports for transmitting data channels, control channels, and sounding signals.
  • One or more antenna ports forming a beam may also be considered as an antenna port set.
  • Quasi-co-location is used to indicate that multiple resources have one or more identical or similar communication characteristics. For multiple resources with quasi-co-location, the same or similar communication configuration can be used. For example, If two antenna ports have a quasi-colocation relationship, then the large-scale characteristics of the channel for transmitting a symbol on one port can be inferred from the large-scale characteristics of the channel for transmitting a symbol on the other port.
  • the large-scale characteristics may include: delay spread, average delay, Doppler spread, Doppler frequency shift, average gain, receiving parameters, terminal device receiving beam number, transmit/receive channel correlation, receiving arrival angle, receiver antenna spatial correlation, main arrival angle (Angel-of-Arrival, AoA), average arrival angle, AoA extension, etc.
  • the colocation indication is used to indicate whether at least two groups of antenna ports have a colocation relationship, including: the colocation indication is used to indicate whether the channel state information reference signals sent by at least two groups of antenna ports are from the same transmission point, or the colocation indication is used to indicate whether the channel state information reference signals sent by at least two groups of antenna ports are from the same beam group.
  • TCI It can also be called TCI state (TCI-State).
  • TCI state TCI-State.
  • the communication protocol stipulates that QCL is configured through TCI state.
  • the parameters of TCI state are used to configure quasi-co-location relationship between one or two downlink reference signals and the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) of the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH).
  • DCI can include TCI field, which is a field in DCI used to indicate quasi-co-location of PDSCH antenna ports.
  • TCI is configured by the network device for the terminal device through an RRC message, and is called TCI state in the configuration signaling.
  • the network device can send a MAC-CE to the terminal device, and the MAC is used to activate one or more TCI states in the TCI state configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the network device can further send a DCI to the terminal device, and the DCI is used to indicate a TCI state in the TCI state activated by the MAC CE.
  • the TCI state includes one or two QCL relationships.
  • the QCL relationship represents a certain consistency relationship between the signal/channel to be received and a previously known reference signal. If a QCL relationship exists, the terminal device can inherit the receiving or sending parameters when a reference signal was previously received to receive or send the upcoming signal/channel.
  • Each TCI state corresponds to a beam. The terminal device can communicate through the beam.
  • TCI state configuration The network device configures multiple TCI states to the terminal device through RRC signaling. These TCI states all include a quasi-colocation information (QCL-Info) of type D (typeD). The network device can also configure TCI-states that do not include QCL-info of typeD, but these TCI states are not used for data transmission beam indication, so they are not further explained here.
  • QCL-Info quasi-colocation information
  • TCI state activation After the network device is configured with multiple TCI states, it is also necessary to activate 8 of the TCI states through MAC-CE. These 8 TCI states correspond one-to-one to the 8 values of the TCI field in the DCI. That is, the 8 values of the TCI field in the DCI correspond to which 8 TCI states, which is determined by MAC CE.
  • the network device indicates a specific TCI-state through the TCI field in the DCI.
  • the value of the TCI field in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device is 000, indicating that the data transmission beam adopts the TCI state corresponding to 000.
  • the reference signal contained in the QCL-Info of type D in the TCI state is the channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) with an index of #1, indicating that the beam used for data transmission is the same as the receiving beam corresponding to the CSI-RS with an index of #1.
  • the receiving beam corresponding to the CSI-RS with an index of #1 can be determined through the beam measurement process and is known to the terminal device. Therefore, through the specific value of the TCI field, the terminal device can determine the beam corresponding to the data transmission beam, and thus use the corresponding beam to send or receive data.
  • TCI-state and TCI state in this article can be interchangeable.
  • each channel uses a separate beam indication.
  • Each channel has its own corresponding beam.
  • a common beam is defined, which is used for multiple uplink and/or downlink channels at the same time.
  • Common beam the same beam used by one or more channels, one or more channels, one or more reference signals, and/or one or more reference signals.
  • Channels include but are not limited to at least one of: physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), physical random access channel (PRACH).
  • Reference signals include but are not limited to at least one of: synchronization signal block and physical broadcast channel block (SSB), channel state information reference signal, demodulation reference signal (DMRS), phase tracking reference signal (PTRS), time-frequency tracking reference signal (TRS), sounding reference signal (SRS), etc.
  • Joint common beam used for transmission of at least one uplink channel or at least one reference signal, and at least one downlink channel or at least one reference signal.
  • physical downlink control channel physical downlink shared channel
  • physical uplink control channel physical uplink control channel
  • physical uplink shared channel physical uplink shared channel
  • Joint common beam can also be called uplink and downlink common beam.
  • Uplink common beam used for transmission of multiple uplink channels at the same time, and/or, used for transmission of multiple uplink channels at the same time, and/or, used for transmission of one or more uplink reference signals at the same time, for example, physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel and sounding reference signal.
  • Downlink common beam used for transmission of multiple downlink channels at the same time, and/or, used for transmission of multiple downlink channels at the same time, and/or, used for transmission of one or more downlink reference signals at the same time, for example, physical downlink control channel, physical downlink shared channel and channel state information reference signal.
  • the common beam can be a newly defined structure (different from the existing TCI-state).
  • the common beam includes relevant information of the beam indication, including but not limited to one or more of the following: common beam identifier (ID), logical cell identifier (cell ID), physical cell identifier, partial bandwidth identifier, reference signal resources for determining the beam, QCL type, uplink power control related parameters (such as path loss measurement reference signal resources, p0, closed loop index (closedLoopIndex)), path loss reference signal identifier.
  • Common beams can be at the cell level, that is, one common beam is used for the transmission of multiple channels within one cell.
  • Common beams can be at the bandwidth part (BWP) level, used for the transmission of multiple beams within one BWP.
  • Common beams can also be cross-cell, that is, used for the transmission of multiple channels in multiple cells.
  • the multiple cells can be multiple cells within a frequency band.
  • the multiple cells can also be multiple cells across frequency bands.
  • Control resource set a frequency domain resource set used to indicate physical downlink control channel transmission. It is a parameter configuration unit for physical downlink control channel transmission and includes relevant configuration parameters of the physical downlink control channel.
  • Control resource set group includes at least one control resource set. Each control resource set group corresponds to a group index (CORESETPoolIndex).
  • the configuration parameters of the control resource set include a group index, which is used to indicate the control resource set group corresponding to the control resource set.
  • Search space used to indicate the time domain position set of physical downlink control channel transmission and the time-frequency positions corresponding to multiple physical downlink control channel resources in the search space.
  • the search space defines the physical downlink control channel transmission period, that is, the period of the physical downlink control channel opportunity in the search space.
  • a physical downlink control channel can actually be understood as a detection point or detection period of a physical downlink control channel in the time domain. For example, taking a time unit as a time slot as an example, a physical downlink control channel transmission period includes P time slots.
  • the search space indicates the offset value of the starting time slot of the physical downlink control channel transmission period, for example, S, then a physical downlink control channel transmission period corresponds to a time window, the starting time slot number is S+P*n, and the ending time slot number is S+P*(n+1)-1, where n is a positive integer and P is a positive integer. Further, the search space indicates which consecutive time slots in the physical downlink control channel transmission period have physical downlink control channel opportunities, and which symbols in these time slots have physical downlink control channel opportunities.
  • a network device indicates to a terminal device at least two beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the at least two beams that can be used for downlink transmission can be at least two downlink common beams, or at least two uplink and downlink common beams, or include at least one downlink common beam and at least one uplink and downlink common beam.
  • the at least two beams that can be used for downlink transmission can be used for the transmission of a physical downlink control channel, a physical downlink shared channel, and/or a channel state information reference signal.
  • the following embodiment takes the example of a network device indicating a first beam and a second beam to a terminal device to introduce a solution for the terminal device to correctly apply the beam indicated by the network device to the corresponding physical downlink control channel transmission.
  • the network device in this application can be understood as the TRP, or a logical device including the TRP.
  • the network device in this application can be understood as a TRP among the multiple TRPs, or a logical device including the multiple TRPs, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the method provided in this application can be executed between the network device and the terminal device. The form of the network device will not be described in detail later.
  • the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set is used to determine the beam used by the control resource set.
  • the beam parameter is used for the control resource set to use the first, or the second, or the first and the second of the two currently effective common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the beam parameter can also be called a beam-associated parameter, or a beam-related parameter, or other names. Specifically, the present application does not limit the name of the beam parameter.
  • the beam used by the control resource set can also be replaced by the description as: the beam used by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the control resource set.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set is the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set. If the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set is configured by the network device, the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set is the configured value of the beam parameter corresponding to the control resource set.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a first embodiment of a beam determination method according to an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG3 , the method includes:
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission. That is, the first beam and the second beam are both common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the first beam and the second beam are indicated by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the first beam and the second beam may be two downlink common beams indicated by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the first beam and the second beam may be a downlink common beam and an uplink and downlink common beam indicated by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the first beam and the second beam may be two uplink and downlink common beams indicated by the network device to the terminal device.
  • the first beam and the second beam are beams used by different TRPs.
  • the first TRP transmits with the terminal device using the first beam
  • the second TRP transmits with the terminal device using the second beam.
  • the first beam and the second beam include any of the following:
  • the first beam is the beam with a smaller index among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is the beam with a larger index among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the index of the first beam is smaller than the index of the second beam
  • the first beam is the beam with a larger index among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is the beam with a smaller index among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the index of the first beam is greater than the index of the second beam.
  • the first beam is a beam with a earlier configuration order among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is a beam with a later configuration order among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the configuration order of the first beam precedes the configuration order of the second beam; or, the first beam is a beam with a later configuration order among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, and the second beam is a beam with a earlier configuration order among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the configuration order of the first beam is later than the configuration order of the second beam.
  • the configuration order of the beams can be understood as the order in which the beams are arranged in the beam list configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the beam list includes multiple beams of the same type configured by the network device for the terminal device, specifically including the first beam and the second beam.
  • beam list ⁇ beam0, beam2, beam3 ⁇ .
  • the configuration order of beam0 is the first
  • the configuration order of beam3 is the last.
  • the first beam belongs to the first beam set, and the second beam belongs to the second beam set.
  • the first beam set and the second beam set are two beam sets of the same type configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the first beam set and the second beam set are both downlink common beam sets, or the first beam set and the second beam set are both uplink and downlink common beam sets.
  • one of the first beam set and the second beam set can be a downlink common beam set, and the other can be an uplink and downlink common beam set.
  • the first beam set is the beam set with a smaller index among the above two beam sets
  • the second beam set is the beam set with a larger index among the above two beam sets, that is, the index of the first beam set is smaller than the index of the second beam set
  • the first beam set is the beam set with a larger index among the above two beam sets
  • the second beam set is the beam set with a smaller index among the above two beam sets, that is, the index of the first beam set is greater than the index of the second beam set
  • the first beam set is the beam set with an earlier configuration order among the above two beam sets
  • the second beam set is the beam set with a later configuration order among the above two beam sets, that is, the configuration order of the first beam set precedes the configuration order of the second beam set
  • the first beam set is the beam set with a later configuration order among the above two beam sets
  • the second beam set is the beam set with an earlier configuration order among the above two beam sets, and the configuration order of the first beam set is later than the configuration order of the second beam set
  • the first beam set corresponds to the first TRP
  • the second beam set corresponds to the second TRP. That is, the first beam set includes the beam configured by the network device for the terminal device for the first TRP to communicate with the terminal device.
  • the second beam set includes the beam configured by the network device for the terminal device for the second TRP to communicate with the terminal device.
  • the first beam belongs to the first beam group, and the second beam belongs to the second beam group.
  • the first beam group and The second beam set is two beam sets of the same type activated by the network device through the MAC CE.
  • the first beam set and the second beam set are both downlink common beam sets, or the first beam set and the second beam set are both uplink and downlink common beam sets.
  • one of the first beam set and the second beam set can be a downlink common beam set and the other can be an uplink and downlink common beam set.
  • the first beam group is the beam group with the smaller index among the above two beam groups (i.e., the first beam group and the second beam group), and the second beam group is the beam group with the larger index among the above two beam groups, i.e., the index of the first beam group is smaller than the index of the second beam group.
  • the first beam group is the beam group with the larger index among the above two beam groups
  • the second beam group is the beam group with the smaller index among the above two beam groups, i.e., the index of the first beam group is larger than the index of the second beam group.
  • the first beam group is the beam group with the earlier activation order in MAC CE among the above two beam groups
  • the second beam group is the beam group with the later activation order in MAC CE among the above two beam groups
  • the activation order of the first beam group precedes the activation order of the second beam group.
  • the first beam group is the beam group with the later activation order in MAC CE among the above two beam groups
  • the second beam group is the beam group with the earlier activation order in MAC CE among the above two beam groups, i.e., the activation order of the first beam group follows the activation order of the second beam group.
  • the first beam is the beam with the smaller corresponding TCI field value among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is the beam with the larger corresponding TCI field value among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the TCI field value corresponding to the first beam is smaller than the TCI field value corresponding to the second beam
  • the first beam is the beam with the larger corresponding TCI field value among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission
  • the second beam is the beam with the smaller corresponding TCI field value among the two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the TCI field value corresponding to the first beam is greater than the TCI field value corresponding to the second beam.
  • the network device indicates the beam to the terminal device through the TCI field in the DCI.
  • the network device sends two DCIs, wherein the DCI with a smaller value of the TCI field indicates the first beam, and the DCI with a larger value of the TCI field indicates the second beam. That is, the value of the TCI field used to indicate the first beam is smaller than the value of the TCI field used to indicate the second beam; or, the DCI with a larger value of the TCI field indicates the first beam, and the DCI with a smaller value of the TCI field indicates the second beam. That is, the value of the TCI field used to indicate the first beam is greater than the value of the TCI field used to indicate the second beam.
  • the first beam is the beam indicated by the first transmission configuration indication TCI field in the DCI
  • the second beam is the beam indicated by the second TCI field in the DCI.
  • the first TCI field corresponds to the first beam group
  • the second TCI field corresponds to the second beam group.
  • the terminal device determines the first beam from the first beam group through the field value of the first TCI field, and determines the second beam from the second beam group through the field value of the second TCI field.
  • the second TCI field does not always exist. Whether there is a second TCI field in the DCI is determined by the configuration information. For example, when two control resource set groups are configured, the second TCI field does not exist. For another example, when a single control resource set group is configured and two common beams of the same type are configured, the second TCI field exists.
  • the DCI includes multiple TCI fields.
  • the TCI fields in the DCI are interpreted in sequence.
  • the first TCI field read can be considered as the first TCI field in the DCI
  • the second TCI field read can be considered as the second TCI field in the DCI.
  • the beam indicated by the first TCI field in the DCI is the first beam
  • the beam indicated by the second TCI field in the DCI is the second beam.
  • the first TCI field and the second TCI field of the DCI may be understood as two different subfields in the same TCI field, or the first part of bits and the second part of bits of the same TCI field.
  • the first beam is a beam corresponding to the first part of the field values among all the field values of the TCI field in the DCI passed by the network device
  • the second beam is a beam corresponding to the second part of the field values among all the field values of the TCI field in the DCI passed by the network device.
  • the first part of the field value corresponds to the first beam group
  • the second part of the field value corresponds to the second beam group.
  • the terminal device determines the first beam from the first beam group through the first part of the field value, and determines the second beam from the second beam group through the second part of the field value.
  • all field values of a TCI field in the DCI are divided into two parts, including a first part of field values and a second part of field values.
  • the first part of field values are part of field values with relatively small field values
  • the second part of field values are part of field values with relatively large field values.
  • the first part of field values are field values 0 to field values 3
  • the second part of field values are field values 4 to field values 7.
  • the first part of field values are even field values
  • the second part of field values are odd field values.
  • the first part of field values are even numbers, and the second part of field values are odd numbers.
  • the first part of field values are odd field values, and the second part of field values are even field values.
  • the DCI field in a DCI is the first part of field values, it means that the DCI indicates the first beam. If the value of the TCI field in a DCI is the second part of field values, it means that the DCI indicates the second beam.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two beams that can be used for downlink transmission indicated by the network device through the same TCI field in the DCI, for example, two downlink common beams, or two uplink and downlink common beams, or one downlink common beam and one uplink and downlink common beam.
  • the first beam is the first beam of the two beams that can be used for downlink transmission, and the second beam is the second beam of the two beams; or, the first beam is the beam that is ranked earlier in the MAC CE format among the two beams that can be used for downlink transmission, and the second beam is the beam that is ranked later in the MAC CE format among the two beams that can be used for downlink transmission, that is, the ranking of the first beam in the MAC CE format precedes the ranking of the second beam in the MAC CE format; or, the first beam is the beam that is ranked later in the MAC CE format among the two beams that can be used for downlink transmission, and the second beam is the beam that is ranked earlier in the MAC CE format among the two beams of the same type, that is, the ranking of the first beam in the MAC CE format is later than the ranking of the second beam in the MAC CE format.
  • the first beam is the beam indicated by the first DCI
  • the second beam is the beam indicated by the second DCI.
  • the first DCI is used by the network device to indicate the first beam to the terminal device
  • the second DCI is used by the network device to indicate the second beam to the terminal device.
  • the value of the first field in the first DCI is used to indicate that the beam indicated by the first DCI is the first beam
  • the value of the first field in the second DCI is used to indicate that the beam indicated by the second DCI is the second beam.
  • the first DCI and the second DCI can be distinguished by a field in the DCI or some bits of a field in the DCI (such as the first bit or the last bit of the TCI field). For example, if the value of the first bit of the TCI field in a DCI is equal to 0, the DCI is the first DCI. If the value of the first bit of the TCI field in a DCI is equal to 1, the DCI is the second DCI. For another example, if the value of a 1-bit field in a DCI is equal to 0, the DCI is the first DCI; if the value of the 1-bit field is equal to 1, the DCI is the second DCI.
  • the DCI there is a field or some bits of a field in the DCI to indicate whether the DCI indicates the first beam or the second beam.
  • the value of the field or some bits of a field is the first value, such as when the value is equal to 0, it means that the DCI indicates the first beam, that is, the DCI is the first DCI.
  • the value of the field or some bits of a field is the second value, such as when the value is equal to 1, it means that the DCI indicates the second beam, that is, the DCI is the second DCI.
  • the terminal device determines the first beam from the first beam group through the field value of the TCI field. That is, the DCI is the first DCI.
  • a field in a DCI or some bits of a field take a second value, such as a value equal to 1, the TCI field in the DCI corresponds to the second beam group, and the terminal device determines the second beam from the second beam group through the field value of the TCI field. That is, the DCI is the second DCI.
  • the first beam group and the second beam group are two beam groups activated by a single MAC CE.
  • the first beam group and the second beam group are two beam groups activated by two independent MAC CEs.
  • the MAC CE includes a field, and when the value of the field is a first value, for example, when the value is 0, it indicates that the beam group indicated by the MAC CE is the first beam group.
  • the value of the field is a second value, for example, when the value is 1, it indicates that the beam group indicated by the MAC CE is the second beam group;
  • the first DCI and the second DCI can be distinguished by the control resource set group corresponding to the PDCCH.
  • the first DCI is the DCI carried by the PDCCH corresponding to the first control resource set group of the two control resource set groups configured by the network device for the terminal device
  • the second DCI is the DCI carried by the PDCCH corresponding to the second control resource set group of the two control resource set groups.
  • the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set are used to determine the beam used by the first control resource set.
  • the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are used to determine the beam used by the second control resource set.
  • the first control resource set uses a common beam
  • the second control resource set uses a common beam.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel. In other words, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are control resource sets respectively associated with two search spaces for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are respectively associated with different search spaces.
  • the two search spaces are associated with the same association identifier, which is used to indicate that the two search spaces are used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are control resource sets associated with the two search spaces, respectively. It can be seen that the first control resource set and the second control resource set are used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set include any of the following:
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set with the smaller index among the two control resource sets
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set with the smaller index among the two control resource sets.
  • the control resource set with a larger index in the control resource set that is, the index of the first control resource set is smaller than the index of the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is the control resource set with a larger index among the two control resource sets, and the second control resource set is the control resource set with a smaller index among the two control resource sets, that is, the index of the first control resource set is greater than the index of the second control resource set.
  • the first control resource set is a control resource set with an earlier configuration order among the two control resource sets
  • the second control resource set is a control resource set with a later configuration order among the two control resource sets, that is, the configuration order of the first control resource set precedes the configuration order of the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is a control resource set with a later configuration order among the two control resource sets, and the second control resource set is a control resource set with an earlier configuration order among the two control resource sets, that is, the configuration order of the first control resource set is later than the configuration order of the second control resource set.
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with the smaller index among the two search spaces
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with the larger index among the two search spaces, that is, the index of the search space associated with the first control resource set is smaller than the index of the search space associated with the second control resource set; or, the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with the larger index among the two search spaces
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with the smaller index among the two search spaces, that is, the index of the search space associated with the first control resource set is larger than the index of the search space associated with the second control resource set.
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with a later configuration order among the two search spaces
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with a later configuration order among the two search spaces, that is, the configuration order of the search space associated with the first control resource set precedes the configuration order of the search space associated with the second control resource set
  • the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with a later configuration order among the two search spaces
  • the second control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the search space with an earlier configuration order among the two search spaces, that is, the configuration order of the search space associated with the first control resource set is later than the configuration order of the search space associated with the second control resource set.
  • the beam used by the first control resource set is different from the beam used by the second control resource set.
  • the control resource set adopts the first beam.
  • the control resource set adopts the second beam.
  • the first value is 0 and the second value is 1.
  • the control resource set adopts the first beam.
  • the control resource set adopts the second beam.
  • the control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam.
  • the first value is 0, the second value is 1, and the third value is 2.
  • the terminal device determines that the first control resource set adopts the first beam.
  • the terminal device determines that the second control resource set adopts the second beam.
  • the terminal device determines that the second control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam.
  • the terminal device can determine the beam adopted by the second control resource set based on the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • the beam used by the first control resource set is different from the beam used by the second control resource set.
  • the first control resource set uses the first beam
  • the second control resource set uses the second beam.
  • the first control resource set uses the second beam
  • the second control resource set uses the first beam.
  • the beam used by the first control resource set and the beam used by the second control resource set belong to different beam sets or different TCI state sets.
  • the beam used by the first control resource set belongs to the first beam set
  • the beam used by the second control resource set belongs to the second beam set.
  • the first beam set and the second beam set can be two beam sets configured by the network device for the terminal device, or two beam sets activated by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the first beam set corresponds to the first TRP
  • the second beam set corresponds to the second TRP.
  • the terminal device transmits the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set with the first TRP through the first beam.
  • the terminal device transmits the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set with the second TRP through the second beam.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set may be configured or indicated by the network device, or may be default. Three possible scenarios are described below.
  • Scenario 1 The values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are configured or indicated by the network device.
  • the network device explicitly configures or indicates the values of the beam parameters for both the first control resource set and the second control resource set.
  • the network device configures the values of beam parameters for the first control resource set and the second control resource set respectively through an RRC message. Further, optionally, the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set may be included in the configuration information of the first control resource set. The beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set may be included in the configuration information of the second control resource set.
  • the network device indicates the values of beam parameters for the first control resource set and the second control resource set respectively through MAC CE.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set satisfy at least one of the following:
  • Neither the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set nor the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the third value.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the second control resource set respectively cannot be configured or indicated as the third value, that is, the first control resource set cannot be configured to use the first beam and the second beam, and the second control resource set cannot be configured to use the first beam and the second beam.
  • This realizes constraining the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set from a configuration perspective.
  • the values of the beam parameters of the first control resource set and the second control resource set can only be one of the first value and the second value.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are different.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the second control resource set must be different. That is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set cannot use exactly the same common beam.
  • the first beam corresponds to the first TRP
  • the second beam corresponds to the second TRP.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel. Thereby, repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel with the terminal device through different TRPs is achieved, thereby achieving reliable transmission, which is beneficial to improving communication transmission performance.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to one control resource set is a first value
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is a second value
  • one control resource set uses the first beam
  • the other control resource set uses the second beam.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the second value. That is, it is stipulated that the first control resource set uses the first beam, and the second control resource set uses the second beam.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the second value
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the first value. That is, it is stipulated that the first control resource set adopts the second beam, and the second control resource set adopts the first beam.
  • the network device configures or indicates the value of the beam parameters for the first control resource set and the second control resource set, one or more of the above-mentioned items need to be satisfied. This enables repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel with the terminal device through different TRPs, thereby achieving reliable transmission and helping to improve communication transmission performance.
  • Scenario 2 In the first control resource set and the second control resource set, the value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is default, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set is configured by the network device.
  • the network device configures the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set for the terminal device through an RRC message.
  • the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set may be included in the configuration information of the other control resource set.
  • the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets is determined according to the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set.
  • the terminal device needs to determine a default value of the beam parameter corresponding to one of the control resource sets.
  • the default value depends on the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the other control resource set.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is configured by the network device, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the default value.
  • the terminal device needs to determine the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • the default value is determined based on the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set. Specifically, if the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is configured as the first value, then the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the second value. If the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is configured as the second value, then the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the first value.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is configured by the network device, and the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the default value.
  • the terminal device needs to determine the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the default value is determined based on the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set. Specifically, if the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is configured as the first value, then the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the second value. If the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is configured as the second value, then the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value.
  • the other control resource set uses the second beam by default.
  • the other control resource set uses the first beam by default.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the second control resource set respectively are not the third value.
  • Scenario 3 The values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set are both default.
  • the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value, and the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the second value; or, the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the second value, and the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the first value.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the second control resource set, respectively, are not explicitly configured.
  • the terminal device can uniquely determine the default values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the default values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set through the first rule.
  • the first rule includes: the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is a first value, and the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is a second value; or, the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the second value, and the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is the first value.
  • the first control resource set uses the first beam by default
  • the second control resource set uses the second beam by default
  • the first control resource set uses the second beam by default
  • the second control resource set uses the first beam by default.
  • the terminal device can determine the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set. Moreover, it is always ensured that the common beam adopted by the first control resource set and the second control resource set are always the first beam and the second beam respectively. Thus, repeated high-reliability transmission of physical downlink control channels based on different beams is always achieved.
  • the above step 301 specifically includes: when the first condition is met, the terminal device determines the beam used by the first control resource set and the beam used by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set. In other words, only when the first condition is met, the terminal device uses the method shown in the above step 301 to determine the beams used by the first control resource set and the second control resource set, respectively.
  • the first condition includes at least one or a combination of the following:
  • Both the first control resource set and the second control resource set use a common beam.
  • the network device configures the first control resource set The first control resource set and the second control resource set both use a common beam.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set both use a common beam by default.
  • the terminal device determines the beam used by the first control resource set according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set, and determines the beam used by the second control resource set according to the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the values of the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set should satisfy the constraints shown in one of the above situations 1 to 3.
  • control resource set if a common beam is used, the control resource set uses one of the common beams configured by the network device. If a common beam is not used, the control resource set uses a dedicated beam that the network device indicates to the terminal device separately, rather than a common beam.
  • each control resource set in the first control resource set and the second control resource set has a corresponding common beam indication parameter, which is used to indicate whether the control resource set adopts a common beam.
  • the common beam indication parameter may also be referred to as a beam indication parameter, or other names, and the present application does not limit the name of the common beam indication parameter.
  • the common beam indication parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is used to indicate that the first control resource set adopts a common beam
  • the common beam indication parameter corresponding to the second control resource set is used to indicate that the second control resource set adopts a common beam.
  • the network device configures a public beam for the terminal device.
  • the network equipment configures two sets of common beams for downlink transmission for the terminal device.
  • All control resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device are associated with the same control resource set pool index value.
  • all control resource sets configured by the network device for the terminal device are associated with the same control resource set pool. In other words, the network device does not configure control resource sets belonging to two different control resource set pools for the terminal device.
  • control resource set pool index values associated with all control resource sets of the terminal device are configured as 0, or all are configured as 1, or some are configured as 0 and the others are not configured (the default value of the control resource set without a control resource set pool index value is 0).
  • the network device indicates the first beam and the second beam to the terminal device, including: the network device indicates the first TCI state and the second TCI state to the terminal device. If the terminal device determines that the first control resource set adopts the receiving beam corresponding to the first TCI state (i.e., the first beam) according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set, and determines that the second control resource set adopts the receiving beam corresponding to the second TCI state (i.e., the second beam) according to the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set, then the terminal device determines the receiving beam (i.e., the first beam) adopted by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set through the first TCI state, and determines the receiving beam (i.e., the second beam) adopted by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set through the second TCI state.
  • the terminal device determines that the first control resource set adopts the receiving beam corresponding to the first TCI state (i.e., the first beam) according to the beam
  • the terminal device determines that the first control resource set adopts the receiving beam corresponding to the second TCI state (i.e., the second beam) based on the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set, and determines that the second control resource set adopts the receiving beam corresponding to the first TCI state (i.e., the first beam) based on the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set, then the terminal device determines the receiving beam (i.e., the second beam) adopted by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set through the second TCI state, and determines the receiving beam (i.e., the first beam) adopted by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set through the first TCI state.
  • the receiving beam i.e., the second beam
  • control resource sets can also be grouped, with the control resource set belonging to the first group using the first beam, the control resource set belonging to the second group using the second beam, and the control resource sets belonging to both groups using both the first beam and the second beam.
  • the network device determines the beam used by the first control resource set and the beam used by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • Step 302 is similar to the aforementioned step 301, and the details may refer to the relevant introduction of the aforementioned step 301.
  • step 301 may be executed first, and then step 302; or, step 302 may be executed first, and then step 301; or, step 301 and step 302 may be executed simultaneously according to the circumstances, which is not limited in this application.
  • the network device indicates the first beam and the second beam to the terminal device, including: the network device indicates the first TCI state and the second TCI state to the terminal device. If the network device determines that the first control resource set adopts The transmission beam corresponding to the first TCI state (i.e., the first beam), and the network device determines that the second control resource set adopts the transmission beam corresponding to the second TCI state (i.e., the second beam) according to the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set, then the network device determines the transmission beam used to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the first TCI state, and determines the transmission beam used to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the second TCI state.
  • the network device determines that the first control resource set adopts the transmission beam corresponding to the second TCI state (i.e., the second beam) according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set, and the network device determines that the second control resource set adopts the transmission beam corresponding to the first TCI state (i.e., the first beam) according to the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set, then the network device determines the transmission beam used to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the second TCI state, and determines the transmission beam used to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the first TCI state.
  • the network device sends the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set to the terminal device according to the beam used by the first control resource set, and sends the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set to the terminal device according to the beam used by the second control resource set.
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set from the network device according to the beam used by the first control resource set, and receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set from the network device according to the beam used by the second control resource set.
  • the first control resource set uses the first beam
  • the second control resource set uses the second beam.
  • the first beam corresponds to the first TRP
  • the second beam corresponds to the second TRP.
  • the network device includes a first TRP and a second TRP.
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set from the first TRP through the first beam.
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set from the second TRP through the second beam.
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the beam adopted by the first control resource set, and receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the terminal device correctly applies the beam indicated by the network device to the channel corresponding to the corresponding control resource set, so that the channel corresponding to the control resource set adopts the correct beam for transmission, thereby improving the communication transmission performance.
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and determines the beam adopted by the second control resource set according to the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set. There is no need for the network device to indicate the beams adopted by each control resource set to the terminal device, thereby reducing the overhead of beam indication.
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a second embodiment of the beam determination method according to an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG5 , the method includes:
  • a terminal device determines a first control resource set and a second control resource set configured by a network device.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel. That is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the first control resource set uses a public beam
  • the second control resource set uses a dedicated beam. That is, the second control resource set does not use a public beam, but uses a dedicated beam indicated by the network device for the terminal device.
  • step 301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device determines the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the terminal device can determine the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the terminal device can determine the beam adopted by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam please refer to the relevant introduction of step 301 in the embodiment described in Figure 3 above.
  • the network device configures or activates two beam sets or TCI state sets that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device.
  • the public beam used by the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to different beam sets.
  • the common beam adopted by the first control resource set and the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set belong to different TCI state sets. That is, the beam indicated by the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set belong to different beam sets.
  • the beam indicated by the default value of the beam parameter of the first control resource set is the beam belonging to the second beam set in the first beam and the second beam.
  • the beam indicated by the default value of the beam parameter of the first control resource set is the beam belonging to the first beam set in the first beam and the second beam.
  • the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set belongs to the first beam set
  • the beam adopted by the first control resource set is the beam belonging to the second beam set in the first beam and the second beam.
  • the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belongs to the second beam set
  • the beam used by the first control resource set is the beam belonging to the first beam set among the first beam and the second beam.
  • step 503 For the beam indicated by the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, please refer to the relevant introduction of step 503 below.
  • the beam used by the first control resource set belongs to the first beam set
  • the beam used by the second control resource set belongs to the second beam set.
  • the first beam set and the second beam set can be two beam sets configured by the network device for the terminal device, or two beam sets activated by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the first beam set corresponds to the first TRP
  • the second beam set corresponds to the second TRP.
  • the terminal device transmits the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set with the first TRP through the first beam.
  • the terminal device transmits the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set with the second TRP through the second beam.
  • the terminal device determines the beam used by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • first beam and the second beam please refer to the relevant introduction of step 301 in the embodiment shown in FIG3 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the first control resource set adopts the first beam, that is, the beam indicated by the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first beam.
  • the first control resource set adopts the second beam, that is, the beam indicated by the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the second beam.
  • the first control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam, that is, the beams indicated by the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set are the first beam and the second beam.
  • the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is one of the first value and the second value
  • the beam indicated by the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to different beam sets.
  • the two different beam sets are two beams configured or activated by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value, and it can be known that the beam indicated by the default value is the first beam.
  • the dedicated beams used by the first beam and the second control resource set belong to different beam sets.
  • the different beam sets correspond to different TRPs, thereby achieving repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel through different TRPs and improving the reliability of communication transmission.
  • the network device indicates the first beam and the second beam to the terminal device, including: the network device indicates the first TCI state and the second TCI state to the terminal device. If the terminal device determines that the first control resource set adopts the receiving beam corresponding to the first TCI state (i.e., the first beam) according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, then the terminal device determines the receiving beam (i.e., the first beam) adopted by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set through the first TCI state.
  • the terminal device determines that the first control resource set adopts the receiving beam (i.e., the second beam) corresponding to the second TCI state according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, then the terminal device determines the receiving beam (i.e., the second beam) adopted by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set through the second TCI state.
  • the receiving beam i.e., the second beam
  • the network device determines a first control resource set and a second control resource set configured for the terminal device.
  • the network device determines the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the terminal device determines the beam used by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • steps 501 to 503 may be executed first, and then steps 504 to 506; or steps 504 to 506 may be executed first, and then steps 501 to 503; or, steps 501 to 503 and steps 504 to 506 may be executed simultaneously according to the circumstances, and the present application does not make any specific limitation.
  • the network device indicates the first beam and the second beam to the terminal device, including: the network device indicates the first TCI state and the second TCI state to the terminal device. If the network device determines that the first control resource set adopts the transmission beam corresponding to the first TCI state (i.e., the first beam) according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, then the network device determines the transmission beam used to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the first TCI state.
  • the network device determines that the second control resource set adopts the transmission beam corresponding to the second TCI state (i.e., the second beam) according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, then the network device determines the transmission beam used to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the second TCI state.
  • the network device sends the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set to the terminal device according to the beam used by the first control resource set.
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set from the network device according to the beam used by the first control resource set.
  • the first control resource set uses the first beam
  • the second control resource set uses the dedicated beam.
  • the first beam corresponds to the first TRP
  • the dedicated beam corresponds to the second TRP.
  • the network device includes the first TRP and the second TRP.
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set from the first TRP through the first beam.
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set from the second TRP through the dedicated beam. In this way, repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel with the terminal device through different TRPs is achieved, thereby achieving reliable transmission, which is conducive to improving communication transmission performance.
  • a terminal device determines a first control resource set and a second control resource set configured by a network device.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel.
  • the first control resource set uses a common beam
  • the second control resource set uses a dedicated beam.
  • the terminal device determines the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two public beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the terminal device correctly applies the beam indicated by the network device to the channel corresponding to the corresponding control resource set, so that the channel corresponding to the control resource set adopts the correct beam for transmission, thereby improving the communication transmission performance.
  • the terminal device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set. There is no need for the network device to indicate the beam adopted by each control resource set to the terminal device, thereby reducing the overhead of beam indication.
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a third embodiment of the beam determination method according to an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG6 , the method includes:
  • a network device determines a first control resource set and a second control resource set configured for a terminal device.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel. That is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the first control resource set uses a public beam
  • the second control resource set uses a dedicated beam. That is, the second control resource set does not use a public beam, but uses a dedicated beam indicated by the network device for the terminal device.
  • step 301 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the network device determines a configuration value of a beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set.
  • the network device configures the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set with reference to the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set.
  • the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is configured by the network device.
  • the network device can determine the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set based on the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the network device determines the beam adopted by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam based on the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam please refer to the relevant introduction of step 301 in the embodiment described in Figure 3 above.
  • the network device configures or activates two beam sets or TCI state sets that can be used for downlink transmission for the terminal device.
  • the common beam adopted by the first control resource set and the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set belong to different beam sets.
  • the common beam adopted by the first control resource set and the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set belong to different TCI state sets. That is, the beam indicated by the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set belong to different beam sets.
  • the beam indicated by the value configured by the network device for the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the beam belonging to the second beam set among the first beam and the second beam.
  • the beam indicated by the value configured by the network device for the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the beam belonging to the first beam set among the first beam and the second beam.
  • step 603 For the beam indicated by the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, please refer to the relevant introduction of step 603 below.
  • the beam used by the first control resource set belongs to the first beam set
  • the beam used by the second control resource set belongs to the second beam set.
  • the first beam set and the second beam set can be two beam sets configured by the network device for the terminal device, or two beam sets activated by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the first beam set corresponds to the first TRP
  • the second beam set corresponds to the second TRP.
  • the terminal device transmits the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set with the first TRP through the first beam.
  • the terminal device transmits the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set with the second TRP through the second beam.
  • the network device determines the beam used by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission indicated by the network device to the terminal device.
  • For the first beam and the second beam please refer to the relevant introduction of step 301 in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first control resource set adopts the first beam, that is, the beam indicated by the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first beam.
  • the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is a second value
  • the first control resource set adopts the second beam, that is, the beam indicated by the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the second beam.
  • the first control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam, that is, the beams indicated by the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set are the first beam and the second beam.
  • the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is one of a first value and a second value
  • the beam indicated by the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set and the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set belong to two different beam sets respectively.
  • the two different beam sets are two beam sets configured or activated by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is the first value, and it can be known that the beam indicated by the configuration value is the first beam.
  • the dedicated beams used by the first beam and the second control resource set belong to different beam sets.
  • the different beam sets correspond to different TRPs, thereby achieving repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel through different TRPs and improving the reliability of communication transmission.
  • the network device indicates the first beam and the second beam to the terminal device, including: the network device indicates the first TCI state and the second TCI state to the terminal device. If the network device determines that the first control resource set adopts the beam corresponding to the first TCI state (i.e., the first beam) according to the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, then the network device determines the transmission beam used to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set through the first TCI state.
  • the network device determines that the second control resource set adopts the beam corresponding to the second TCI state (i.e., the second beam) according to the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, then the network device determines the transmission beam used to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set through the second TCI state.
  • the terminal device determines the beam used by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission and are indicated by the network device to the terminal device.
  • For the first beam and the second beam please refer to the relevant introduction in step 301 in the embodiment shown in FIG3 .
  • the terminal device determines that the first control resource set adopts the first beam.
  • the terminal device determines that the first control resource set adopts the second beam; when the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is a third value, the terminal device determines that the first control resource set adopts the first beam and the second beam.
  • Step 604 is similar to the aforementioned step 603. For details, please refer to the relevant introduction of the aforementioned step 603, which will not be repeated here.
  • the network device indicates the first beam and the second beam to the terminal device, including: the network device indicates the first TCI state and the second TCI state to the terminal device. If the terminal device determines that the first control resource set adopts the receiving beam corresponding to the first TCI state (i.e., the first beam) according to the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, then the terminal device determines the receiving beam (i.e., the first beam) adopted by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set through the first TCI state.
  • the terminal device determines that the second control resource set adopts the receiving beam corresponding to the second TCI state (i.e., the second beam) according to the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the second control resource set, then the terminal device determines the receiving beam adopted by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set through the second TCI state.
  • the network device sends the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set to the terminal device according to the beam used by the first control resource set.
  • the terminal device receives the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set from the network device according to the beam used by the first control resource set.
  • Step 605 is similar to step 507 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 .
  • Step 605 please refer to the relevant introduction of step 507 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , which will not be repeated here.
  • a network device determines a first control resource set and a second control resource set configured for a terminal device.
  • the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel.
  • the first control resource set uses a common beam
  • the second control resource set uses a dedicated beam.
  • the network device determines the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam used by the second control resource set.
  • the network device determines the beam used by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set.
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the network device correctly determines the beam used by the first control resource set, which facilitates the application of the beam to the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set, so that the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set adopts the correct beam for transmission, thereby improving communication transmission performance.
  • the terminal device determines the beam used by the first control resource set according to the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set. There is no need for the network device to indicate the beams used by each control resource set to the terminal device, thereby reducing the overhead of beam indication.
  • the embodiments shown in Figures 3, 5 and 6 above are based on the example of the terminal device and the network device determining the beam used by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set and/or the beam used by the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set to introduce the technical solution of the present application.
  • the technical solution of the present application is also applicable to the terminal device or network device determining the beam used by other channels or the beam used by other reference signals.
  • other channels include physical uplink control channel, physical uplink shared channel, physical downlink shared channel, SRS, and CSI-RS.
  • the first physical uplink control channel and the second physical uplink control channel are two physical uplink control channels of associated transmission.
  • the first physical uplink control channel and the second physical uplink control channel are used for repeated transmission.
  • the terminal device and the network device can respectively determine the beam adopted by the first physical uplink control channel and the beam adopted by the second physical uplink control channel through the above technical solution. Then, the terminal device sends the first physical uplink control channel to the network device according to the beam adopted by the first physical uplink control channel, and sends the second physical uplink control channel to the network device according to the beam adopted by the second physical uplink control channel.
  • the network device receives the first physical uplink control channel from the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the first physical uplink control channel, and receives the second physical uplink control channel from the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the second physical uplink control channel.
  • the first physical uplink shared channel and the second physical uplink shared channel are two physical uplink shared channels for associated transmission.
  • the first physical uplink shared channel and the second physical uplink shared channel are used for repeated transmission.
  • the terminal device and the network device can respectively determine the beam adopted by the first physical uplink shared channel and the beam adopted by the second physical uplink shared channel through the above technical solution.
  • the terminal device sends the first physical uplink shared channel to the network device according to the beam adopted by the first physical uplink shared channel, and sends the second physical uplink shared channel to the network device according to the beam adopted by the second physical uplink shared channel.
  • the network device receives the first physical uplink shared channel from the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the first physical uplink shared channel, and receives the second physical uplink shared channel from the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the second physical uplink shared channel.
  • the first SRS and the second SRS are two SRSs of associated transmission.
  • the first SRS set and the second SRS set are two SRS sets of associated transmission.
  • the first SRS set and the second SRS set are two SRS sets of the same type, such as two SRS sets of codebook type, two SRS sets of noncodebook type, two antenna switching types.
  • the first SRS and the second SRS are SRSs belonging to two SRS sets of the same type.
  • the terminal device and the network device can respectively determine the beam adopted by the first SRS and the beam adopted by the second SRS through the above technical solution.
  • the terminal device sends the first SRS to the network device according to the beam adopted by the first SRS, and sends the second SRS to the network device according to the beam adopted by the second SRS.
  • the network device receives the first SRS from the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the first SRS, and receives the second SRS from the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the second SRS.
  • the terminal device and the network device can respectively determine the beam adopted by the first SRS set and the beam adopted by the second SRS set through the above technical solution.
  • the terminal device sends the reference signal corresponding to the first SRS set to the network device according to the beam adopted by the first SRS set, and sends the reference signal corresponding to the second SRS set to the network device according to the beam adopted by the second SRS set.
  • the network device receives the reference signal corresponding to the first SRS set from the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the first SRS set, and receives the reference signal corresponding to the second SRS set from the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the second SRS set.
  • the first physical downlink shared channel and the second physical downlink shared channel are two physical downlink shared channels for associated transmission.
  • the first physical downlink shared channel and the second physical downlink shared channel are used for repeated transmission.
  • the terminal device and the network device can respectively determine the beam adopted by the first physical downlink shared channel and the beam adopted by the second physical downlink shared channel through the above technical solution.
  • the network device sends the first physical downlink shared channel to the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the first physical downlink shared channel, and sends the second physical downlink shared channel to the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the second physical downlink shared channel.
  • the terminal device receives the first physical downlink shared channel from the network device according to the beam adopted by the first physical downlink shared channel, and receives the second physical downlink shared channel from the network device according to the beam adopted by the second physical downlink shared channel.
  • the first CSI-RS and the second CSI-RS are two CSI-RSs for associated transmission.
  • the first CSI-RS set and the second CSI-RS set are two CSI-RS sets for associated transmission.
  • the first CSI-RS set and the second CSI-RS set are two CSI-RS sets for joint measurement.
  • the first CSI-RS and the second CSI-RS are two CSI-RSs for joint measurement, or the first CSI-RS and the second CSI-RS are CSI-RS resources belonging to two CSI-RS sets for joint measurement, respectively.
  • the terminal device and the network device can respectively determine the beam adopted by the first CSI-RS and the beam adopted by the second CSI-RS through the above technical solution.
  • the network device sends the first CSI-RS to the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the first CSI-RS, and sends the second CSI-RS to the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the second CSI-RS.
  • the terminal device receives the first CSI-RS from the network device according to the beam adopted by the first CSI-RS, and receives the second CSI-RS from the network device according to the beam adopted by the second CSI-RS.
  • the network device sends a reference signal corresponding to the first CSI-RS set to the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the first CSI-RS set, and sends a reference signal corresponding to the second CSI-RS set to the terminal device according to the beam adopted by the second CSI-RS set.
  • the terminal device receives the reference signal corresponding to the first CSI-RS set from the network device according to the beam adopted by the first CSI-RS set, and receives the reference signal corresponding to the second CSI-RS set from the network device according to the beam adopted by the second CSI-RS set.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a fourth embodiment of the beam determination method according to an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG7 , the method includes:
  • the terminal device determines a first measurement resource.
  • the first measurement resource is a measurement resource configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the network device configures the measurement resources for the joint measurement of multiple TRP beams for the terminal device, so as to realize the joint measurement of beams between the terminal device and multiple TRPs.
  • the first measurement resource belongs to the measurement resource for the joint measurement of multiple TRP beams.
  • the terminal device determines a beam used for a first measurement resource according to a first rule.
  • the above step 702 specifically includes: the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource uses the pre-configured beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the network device preconfigures a corresponding beam for the first measurement resource.
  • the terminal device may determine that the first measurement resource uses the preconfigured beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the above step 702 specifically includes: the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource uses the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is introduced below in combination with two possible scenarios.
  • the network device configures measurement resources for the terminal device for multi-TRP beam joint measurement, so as to implement beam joint measurement between the terminal device and multiple TRPs. Specifically, the network device configures at least one measurement reporting configuration for the terminal device.
  • the associated measurement resources are configured in two different resource sets (eg, resource sets). The measurement resources contained in each resource set correspond to a TRP, and the terminal device can distinguish the measurement resources corresponding to different TRPs through the above resource sets.
  • the above-mentioned measurement reporting configuration may also include a group reporting configuration parameter, such as a group-based beam reporting-R17 (groupBasedBeamReporting-r17) parameter, which is used to indicate that the terminal device needs to adopt the group reporting mode in the R17 protocol. That is, it instructs the terminal device to pair the measurement resources in the above-mentioned two resource sets and report at least one resource pair.
  • the terminal device shall ensure that the two measurement resources contained in each resource pair in the at least one resource pair belong to the above-mentioned two resource sets respectively. And the measurement signals corresponding to the two measurement resources can be received simultaneously by the terminal device.
  • Implementation method 1 If the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index among two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index among two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with an earlier configuration order among two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index among two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order among two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • first beam and the second beam please refer to the relevant introduction about the first beam and the second beam in step 301 of the embodiment shown in FIG3 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the first measurement resource uses the first beam as the default beam; if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource set with a larger index or a lower configuration order among the above-mentioned two different resource sets, then the first measurement resource uses the second beam as the default beam.
  • the first measurement resource uses the first beam as the default beam; if the resource belongs to the resource set with a smaller index or a higher configuration order among the above-mentioned two different resource sets, then the first measurement resource uses the second beam as the default beam.
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource adopts a default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the first condition includes one or more of the following combinations:
  • the network equipment configures a common beam for the terminal device that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the network device indicates two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission to the terminal device.
  • the first measurement resource has no corresponding pre-configured beam
  • the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource
  • the time interval between the start time of the first measurement resource occupation and the triggering time of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than the first threshold value, for example, the time interval between the first time domain symbol corresponding to the first measurement resource and the last time domain symbol of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than the first threshold value;
  • the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the terminal device adopts the above-mentioned implementation method 1 to determine the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource, and determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • Implementation method 2 If the control resource set with the smallest index among one or more control resource sets transmitted in the most recent time slot of the terminal device corresponds to a beam, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index.
  • the most recent time slot refers to the most recent time slot in which the terminal device transmits a control resource set. For example, if the terminal device is currently in the N+5th time slot and the last time it received a control resource set is the N+3th time slot, then it can be known that the most recent time slot is the N+3th time slot.
  • N is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • Implementation method 3 The control resource set with the smallest index among one or more control resource sets transmitted in the most recent time slot of the terminal device If the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index in two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with an earlier configuration order in two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index in two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order in two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or Alternatively, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index among two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beam
  • the two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index are indicated by the network device to the terminal device through the MAC CE.
  • the first beam of the two beams is the first beam indicated in the MAC CE
  • the second beam of the two beams is the second beam indicated in the MAC CE. That is, the order of the two beams can be defined according to the order indicated by the MAC CE.
  • the first measurement resource adopts the first beam of the two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index as the default beam; if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource set with a larger index or a lower configuration order among the above-mentioned two different resource sets, then the first measurement resource adopts the second beam of the two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index as the default beam.
  • the first measurement resource adopts the first beam of the two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index as the default beam; if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource set with a smaller index or a higher configuration order among the above-mentioned two resource sets, then the first measurement resource adopts the second beam of the two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index as the default beam.
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource adopts a default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource
  • the second condition includes one or more of the following combinations:
  • the network equipment does not configure a common beam for downlink transmission for the terminal device.
  • the network device does not indicate to the terminal device a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the first measurement resource has no corresponding pre-configured beam.
  • the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource.
  • the time interval between the starting time domain position occupied by the first measurement resource and the triggering time of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than the first threshold value.
  • the time interval between the first time domain symbol corresponding to the first measurement resource and the last time domain symbol of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than the first threshold value.
  • the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the network device configures single frequency network mode A (sfnSchemeA) for the terminal device.
  • single frequency network mode A one control resource set of the terminal device corresponds to two beams, and the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the control resource set is sent simultaneously through the two beams corresponding to the control resource set; or,
  • the network device does not configure a first parameter for the terminal device, where the first parameter is used to indicate that the terminal device uses two default beams to receive a physical downlink shared channel of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device adopts the above-mentioned implementation method three to determine the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource, and determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • Implementation method four The network device indicates the TCI state to the terminal device through the downlink control channel DCI, and the TCI field in the DCI includes at least one TCI field value. If the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index in two different resource sets, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value, and the first TCI field value is the smallest TCI field value among the TCI field values used to indicate the two TCI states in the at least one TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a higher configuration order in two different resource sets, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value.
  • the recognized beam is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index in two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a later configuration order in two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a larger index in two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value.
  • the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state in the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with a smaller index in two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state in the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource set with an earlier configuration order in the two different resource sets, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state in the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value.
  • the TCI field in the DCI includes at least one TCI field value.
  • the TCI field includes three bits, and the TCI field includes eight possible field values, which are 000, 001, 010, 011, 100, 101, 110, and 111. If the field values used to indicate two TCI states in the eight possible field values are 000, 001, and 010, respectively, then it can be known that the first TCI field value is the field value 000 with the smallest value.
  • the first measurement resource adopts the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value as the default beam; if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource set with a larger index or a lower configuration order among the above-mentioned two different resource sets, then the first measurement resource adopts the beam corresponding to the second of the above-mentioned two TCI states as the default beam.
  • the first measurement resource adopts the beam corresponding to the first of the above-mentioned two TCI states as the default beam; if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource set with a smaller index or a higher configuration order among the above-mentioned two different resource sets, then the first measurement resource adopts the beam corresponding to the second of the above-mentioned two TCI states as the default beam.
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource adopts a default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource
  • the third condition includes one or more of the following combinations:
  • the network equipment does not configure a common beam for downlink transmission for the terminal device.
  • the network device does not indicate to the terminal device a common beam that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the first measurement resource has no corresponding pre-configured beam.
  • the first measurement resource is a non-periodic measurement resource.
  • the time interval between the start time occupied by the first measurement resource and the trigger time of the physical downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than the first threshold value.
  • the time interval between the first time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource and the last time domain symbol of the downlink control channel that triggers the transmission of the first measurement resource is less than the first threshold value.
  • the time domain symbol occupied by the first measurement resource does not carry any signal other than the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the network device configures a first parameter for the terminal device, where the first parameter is used by the terminal device to receive a physical downlink shared channel of the terminal device using two default beams.
  • the terminal device adopts the above-mentioned implementation method four to determine the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource, and determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the network device configures measurement resources for joint measurement of multiple TRP channels for the terminal device, so as to realize joint beam measurement between the terminal device and multiple TRPs. Specifically, the network device configures at least one measurement reporting configuration for the terminal device, and the measurement resources associated with the measurement reporting configuration are configured in a resource set (such as resource set).
  • the resource set is further divided into two resource subsets, and the resources in each resource subset correspond to a TRP.
  • the terminal device can distinguish the resources corresponding to different TRPs through the above resource subsets.
  • the resource set also includes at least one resource pair, each resource pair includes two measurement resources, and the two measurement resources are respectively from the above two resource subsets.
  • Each resource pair is used to perform a beam joint measurement of two TRPs, that is, the measurement signals corresponding to the two measurement resources are respectively sent through the two TRPs, and the terminal device jointly measures the measurement signals corresponding to the two measurement resources, that is, The joint channel composed of the two TRPs can be measured.
  • the terminal device determines the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the resource set includes a resource pair; if the first measurement resource is a resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with a higher configuration order in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with a larger index in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with a later configuration order in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with a larger index in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with a later configuration order in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a resource with a later configuration order in the resource pair
  • the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission indicated by the network device to the terminal device.
  • For the first beam and the second beam please refer to the relevant introduction about the first beam and the second beam in step 301 of the embodiment shown in FIG3 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the first measurement resource uses the second beam as the default beam, or, if the first measurement resource is a measurement resource with a larger index or a later configuration order in the resource pair, then the first measurement resource uses the first beam as the default beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a measurement resource with a smaller index or an earlier configuration order in the resource pair, then the resource uses the second beam as the default beam.
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource uses a default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the first condition please refer to the relevant introduction in the scenario 1 in the aforementioned step 702.
  • the terminal device adopts the above-mentioned implementation method one to determine the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource, and determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • Implementation method 2 If the control resource set with the smallest index among one or more control resource sets transmitted in the most recent time slot of the terminal device corresponds to a beam, then the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index.
  • the most recent time slot please refer to the above-mentioned related introduction.
  • the resource set includes a resource pair, and the control resource set with the smallest index in one or more control resource sets transmitted in the most recent time slot of the terminal device corresponds to two beams; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a smaller index in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with an earlier configuration order in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the first beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a larger index in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a later configuration order in the resource pair, source, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the second beam of the two beams; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource with a larger index in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is
  • the first measurement resource uses the first beam of the two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index as the default beam; if the first measurement resource is a measurement resource with a larger index or a later configuration order in the resource pair, then the first measurement resource uses the second beam of the two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index as the default beam; or, if the first measurement resource is a measurement resource with a larger index or a later configuration order in the resource pair, then the first measurement resource uses the first beam of the two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index as the default beam; if the first measurement resource is a measurement resource with a smaller index or a front configuration order in the resource pair, then the first measurement resource uses the second beam of the two beams corresponding to the control resource set with the smallest index as the default beam. bundle.
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource uses a default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the second condition please refer to the relevant introduction in scenario 1 in step 702.
  • the terminal device adopts the implementation method three to determine the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource, and determines that the first measurement resource adopts the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • Implementation method four The resource set includes a resource pair, and the network device indicates the TCI state to the terminal device through DCI, and the TCI field in the DCI includes at least one TCI field value; if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource set with a smaller index in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value, and the first TCI field value is the smallest TCI field value among the TCI field values used to indicate the two TCI states in the at least one TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource set with a higher configuration order in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value; or, if the first measurement resource belongs to the resource set with a higher index in the resource pair, the default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource is the beam corresponding to the second TCI state of the two TCI states
  • the first measurement resource uses the beam corresponding to the first TCI state of the two TCI states indicated by the first TCI field value as the default beam; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a larger index or a lower configuration order in the resource pair, then the first measurement resource uses the beam corresponding to the second of the above two TCI states as the default beam.
  • the first measurement resource uses the beam corresponding to the first of the above two TCI states as the default beam; if the first measurement resource belongs to a resource with a smaller index or a higher configuration order in the resource pair, then the first measurement resource uses the beam corresponding to the second of the above two TCI states as the default beam.
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement resource uses a default beam corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the third condition please refer to the relevant introduction in scenario 1 in step 702.
  • the network device determines a first measurement resource.
  • the network device determines a beam used by a first measurement resource according to a first rule.
  • Step 703 to step 704 are similar to the aforementioned step 701 to step 702.
  • Step 703 to step 704 are similar to the aforementioned step 701 to step 702.
  • step 701 to step 702 may be executed first, and then step 703 to step 704; or, step 703 to step 704 may be executed first, and then step 701 to step 702; or, step 701 to step 702 and step 703 to step 704 may be executed simultaneously according to the circumstances, and the present application does not make any specific limitation.
  • the network device sends a measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource to the terminal device according to the beam used by the first measurement resource.
  • the terminal device receives the measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource from the network device according to the beam used by the first measurement resource.
  • the terminal device and the network device can respectively determine the beam used by the first measurement resource, thereby achieving correct transmission between measurement signals corresponding to the first measurement resource.
  • the terminal device and the network device can determine the beam used by each measurement resource through the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 above, thereby achieving transmission measurement signals between the terminal device and multiple TRPs (the multiple TRPs can be included in the network device). Beam joint measurement between multiple TRPs is achieved.
  • the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application is described below.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of the first structure of the communication device of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device can be used to execute the process executed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 7.
  • the relevant introduction in the above method embodiment please refer to the relevant introduction in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 800 includes a processing module 801 and a transceiver module 802.
  • the transceiver module 802 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing module 801 is used for data processing.
  • the transceiver module 802 can also be called a communication interface or a communication module.
  • the communication device 800 may further include a storage module, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing module 801 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage module so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiment.
  • a storage module which may be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing module 801 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage module so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiment.
  • the communication device module 800 can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiments shown in Figures 3 and 7 above.
  • the communication device 800 can be a terminal device or a component that can be configured in a terminal device.
  • the processing module 801 is used to perform processing-related operations on the terminal device side in the embodiments shown in Figures 3 and 7 above.
  • the transceiver module 802 is used to perform reception-related operations on the terminal device side in the embodiments shown in Figures 3 and 7 above.
  • the transceiver module 802 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to perform the sending operation in the embodiments shown in Figures 3 and 7.
  • the receiving module is used to perform the receiving operation in the embodiments shown in Figures 3 and 7.
  • the communication device 800 may include a sending module but not a receiving module.
  • the communication device 800 may include a receiving module but not a sending module. Specifically, it may depend on whether the above solution executed by the communication device 800 includes a sending action and a receiving action.
  • the communication device 800 is used to execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 above.
  • the processing module 801 is used to determine the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set, the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission; the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel; the transceiver module 802 is used to receive the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the beam adopted by the first control resource set, and receive the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the communication device 800 is used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in Figure 7 above.
  • the processing module 801 is used to determine a first measurement resource; determine a beam used by the first measurement resource according to a first rule; and the transceiver module 802 is used to receive a measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource from the network device according to the beam used by the first measurement resource.
  • the processing module 801 in the above embodiment can be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 802 can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 802 can also be called a communication module or a communication interface.
  • the storage module can be implemented by at least one memory.
  • Fig. 9 is a second structural diagram of the communication device of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device can be used to execute the process executed by the network device in the embodiments shown in Fig. 3 and Fig. 7.
  • the relevant introduction in the above method embodiment please refer to the relevant introduction in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 900 includes a processing module 901 and a transceiver module 902.
  • the transceiver module 902 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing module 901 is used for data processing.
  • the transceiver module 902 can also be called a communication interface or a communication module.
  • the communication device 900 may further include a storage module, which may be used to store instructions and/or data.
  • the processing module 901 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage module so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiment.
  • the communication device module 900 can be used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the embodiments shown in Figures 3 and 7 above.
  • the communication device 900 can be a network device or a component that can be configured in a network device.
  • the processing module 901 is used to perform processing-related operations on the network device side in the embodiments shown in Figures 3 and 7 above.
  • the transceiver module 902 is used to perform reception-related operations on the network device side in the embodiments shown in Figures 3 and 7 above.
  • the transceiver module 902 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to execute the implementation shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 7.
  • the receiving module is used to perform the receiving operation in the embodiments shown in FIG. 3 and FIG. 7 .
  • the communication device 900 may include a sending module but not a receiving module.
  • the communication device 900 may include a receiving module but not a sending module. Specifically, it may depend on whether the above solution executed by the communication device 900 includes a sending action and a receiving action.
  • the communication device 900 is used to execute the actions performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 above.
  • the processing module 901 is used to determine the beam adopted by the first control resource set and the beam adopted by the second control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the beam parameters corresponding to the first control resource set and the beam parameters corresponding to the second control resource set, the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission; the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel; the transceiver module 902 is used to send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first control resource set according to the beam adopted by the first control resource set, and send the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the second control resource set according to the beam adopted by the second control resource set.
  • the communication device 900 is used to execute the actions performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 above.
  • the processing module 901 is configured to determine a first measurement resource; and determine a beam used by the first measurement resource according to a first rule;
  • the transceiver module 902 is used to send a measurement signal corresponding to the first measurement resource to the terminal device according to the beam used by the first measurement resource.
  • the processing module 901 in the above embodiment can be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 902 can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 902 can also be called a communication module or a communication interface.
  • the storage module can be implemented by at least one memory.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of a third structure of the communication device of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device can be used to execute the process executed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in Fig. 5, and for details, please refer to the relevant introduction in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1000 includes a processing module 1001.
  • the communication device 1000 also includes a transceiver module 1002.
  • the transceiver module 1002 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing module 1001 is used to perform data processing.
  • the transceiver module 1002 can also be called a communication interface or a communication module.
  • the communication device 1000 may further include a storage module, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing module 1001 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage module so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiment.
  • a storage module which may be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing module 1001 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage module so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1000 can be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 above.
  • the communication device 1000 can be a terminal device or a component that can be configured in a terminal device.
  • the processing module 1001 is used to perform processing-related operations on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 above.
  • the transceiver module 1002 is used to perform reception-related operations on the network device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 above.
  • the transceiver module 1002 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to perform the sending operation in the embodiment shown in FIG5 .
  • the receiving module is used to perform the receiving operation in the embodiment shown in FIG5 .
  • the communication device 1000 may include a sending module but not a receiving module.
  • the communication device 1000 may include a receiving module but not a sending module. Specifically, it may depend on whether the above solution executed by the communication device 1000 includes a sending action and a receiving action.
  • the communication device 1000 is used to execute the actions executed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 above.
  • the processing module 1001 is used to determine a first control resource set and a second control resource set configured by a network device, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, the first control resource set adopts a common beam, and the second control resource set adopts a dedicated beam; when the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is default, the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is determined according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set; the beam adopted by the first control resource set is determined from the first beam and the second beam according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission indicated by the network device to the communication device 1000.
  • the processing module 1001 in the above embodiment can be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 1002 can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 1002 can also be called a communication module or a communication interface.
  • the storage module can be implemented by at least one memory.
  • Fig. 11 is a fourth structural diagram of the communication device of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device can be used to execute the process executed by the network device in the embodiments shown in Fig. 5 and Fig. 6.
  • the relevant introduction in the above method embodiment please refer to the relevant introduction in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1100 includes a processing module 1101.
  • the communication device 1100 also includes a transceiver module 1102.
  • the transceiver module 1102 can implement corresponding communication functions, and the processing module 1101 is used to perform data processing.
  • the transceiver module 1102 can also be called a communication interface or a communication module.
  • the communication device 1100 may further include a storage module, which may be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing module 1101 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage module so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiment.
  • a storage module which may be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing module 1101 may read the instructions and/or data in the storage module so that the communication device implements the aforementioned method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1100 can be used to perform the actions performed by the network device in the embodiments shown in Figures 5 and 6 above.
  • the communication device 1100 can be a network device or a component that can be configured in a network device.
  • the processing module 1101 is used to perform the processing-related operations on the network device side in the embodiments shown in Figures 5 and 6 above.
  • the transceiver module 1102 is used to perform the reception-related operations on the network device side in the embodiments shown in Figures 5 and 6 above.
  • the transceiver module 1102 may include a sending module and a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to perform the sending operation in the embodiment shown in Fig. 6.
  • the receiving module is used to perform the receiving operation in the embodiments shown in Fig. 5 and Fig. 6.
  • the communication device 1100 may include a sending module but not a receiving module.
  • the communication device 1100 may include a receiving module but not a sending module. Specifically, it may depend on whether the above solution executed by the communication device 1100 includes a sending action and a receiving action.
  • the communication device 1100 is used to execute the actions performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 above.
  • Processing module 1101 is used to determine a first control resource set and a second control resource set configured for a terminal device, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, that is, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are both used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel; the first control resource set adopts a common beam, and the second control resource set adopts a dedicated beam; when the value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is default, the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set is determined according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set; the beam adopted by the first control resource set is determined from the first beam and the second beam according to the default value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission; that is, the first beam and the second beam are both common beams that can be used for downlink transmission.
  • the communication device 1100 is used to execute the actions performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 above.
  • the processing module 1101 is used to determine a first control resource set and a second control resource set configured for a terminal device, the first control resource set and the second control resource set are two control resource sets used for repeated transmission of a physical downlink control channel, the first control resource set adopts a common beam, and the second control resource set adopts a dedicated beam; determine the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set according to the dedicated beam adopted by the second control resource set; determine the beam adopted by the first control resource set from the first beam and the second beam according to the configuration value of the beam parameter corresponding to the first control resource set, the first beam and the second beam are two common beams that can be used for downlink transmission and are indicated by the communication device 1100 to the terminal device.
  • the processing module 1101 in the above embodiment can be implemented by at least one processor or processor-related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 1102 can be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit.
  • the transceiver module 1102 can also be called a communication module or a communication interface.
  • the storage module can be implemented by at least one memory.
  • FIG12 is a fifth structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1200 includes a processor 1210, the processor 1210 is coupled to a memory 1220, the memory 1220 is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 1210 is used to execute the computer programs or instructions and/or data stored in the memory 1220, so that the method in the above method embodiment is executed.
  • the communication device 1200 includes one or more processors 1210.
  • the communication device 1200 may further include a memory 1220 .
  • the communication device 1200 may include one or more memories 1220 .
  • the memory 1220 may be integrated with the processor 1210 or provided separately.
  • the communication device 1200 may further include a transceiver 1230, and the transceiver 1230 is used for receiving and/or sending signals.
  • the processor 1210 is used to control the transceiver 1230 to receive and/or send signals.
  • the communication device 1200 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processor 1210 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment
  • the transceiver 1230 is used to implement the sending and receiving-related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1200 is used to implement the operations performed by the network device in the above embodiments.
  • the processor 1210 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment
  • the transceiver 1230 is used to implement the sending and receiving-related operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • Fig. 13 is a sixth structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1300 may be a terminal device, a processor of a terminal device, or a chip.
  • the communication device 1300 may be used to perform the operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • FIG13 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the structure of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver.
  • the memory can store computer program codes
  • the transceiver includes a transmitter 1331, a receiver 1332, a radio frequency circuit (not shown in the figure), an antenna 1333, and an input and output device (not shown in the figure).
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, as well as to control terminal devices, execute software programs, process software program data, etc.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices For example, touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc. are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the RF circuit.
  • the RF circuit performs RF processing on the baseband signal and then sends the RF signal outward in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the RF circuit receives the RF signal through the antenna, converts the RF signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor.
  • the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG13 only one memory, processor, and transceiver are shown in FIG13. In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor or integrated with the processor, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with transceiver functions can be regarded as the transceiver module of the terminal device, and the processor with processing function can be regarded as the processing module of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a processor 1310, a memory 1320 and a transceiver 1330.
  • the processor 1310 may also be referred to as a processing unit, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, etc.
  • the transceiver 1330 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver 1330 may be regarded as a receiving module, and the device for implementing the transmitting function in the transceiver 1330 may be regarded as a transmitting module, that is, the transceiver 1330 includes a receiver and a transmitter.
  • a transceiver may sometimes be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver module, or a transceiver circuit, etc.
  • a receiver may sometimes be referred to as a receiver, a receiving module, or a receiving circuit, etc.
  • a transmitter may sometimes be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitting module, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the processor 1310 is used to perform processing actions on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3
  • the transceiver 1330 is used to perform transceiver actions on the terminal device side in FIG. 3 .
  • the processor 1310 is used to perform the processing action on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in Figure 5.
  • the transceiver 1330 is used to perform the transceiver action on the terminal device side in Figure 5.
  • the processor 1310 is used to perform the processing action on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in Figure 6.
  • the transceiver 1330 is used to perform the transceiver action on the terminal device side in Figure 6.
  • the processor 1310 is used to perform the processing action on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in Figure 7.
  • the transceiver 1330 is used to perform the transceiver action on the terminal device side in Figure 7.
  • FIG. 13 is merely an example and not a limitation, and the terminal device including the transceiver module and the processing module may not rely on the structures shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 9 .
  • the chip When the communication device 1300 is a chip, the chip includes a processor, a memory and a transceiver.
  • the transceiver may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processor may be a processing module or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the sending operation of the terminal device in the above method embodiment may be understood as the output of the chip, and the receiving operation of the terminal device in the above method embodiment may be understood as the input of the chip.
  • Fig. 14 is a seventh structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1400 may be a network device or a chip.
  • the communication device 1400 may be used to perform the operations performed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 shows a simplified schematic diagram of the base station structure.
  • the base station includes parts 1410, 1420 and 1430.
  • Part 1410 is mainly used for baseband processing, controlling the base station, etc.;
  • Part 1410 is usually the control center of the base station, which can be usually called a processor, and is used to control the base station to perform the processing operations on the network device side in the above method embodiment.
  • Part 1420 is mainly used to store computer program code and data.
  • Part 1430 is mainly used for receiving and transmitting radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals into baseband signals; Part 1430 can usually be called a transceiver module, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc.
  • the transceiver module of part 1430 which can also be called a transceiver or a transceiver, etc., includes an antenna 1433 and a radio frequency circuit (not shown in the figure), wherein the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for radio frequency processing.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in part 1430 may be regarded as a receiver, and the device for implementing the transmitting function may be regarded as a transmitter, that is, part 1430 includes a receiver 1432 and a transmitter 1431.
  • the receiver may also be referred to as a receiving module, a receiver, or a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the transmitter may be referred to as a transmitting module, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • Part 1410 and part 1420 may include one or more single boards, each of which may include one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the processor is used to read and execute the program in the memory to realize the baseband processing function and the control of the base station. If there are multiple single boards, each single board can be interconnected to enhance the processing capability. As an optional implementation, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories, or multiple single boards may share one or more processors at the same time.
  • the transceiver module of part 1430 is used to execute the transceiver-related processes executed by the network device in the embodiments shown in Figures 3, 5, 6, and 7.
  • the processor of part 1410 is used to execute the processing-related processes executed by the network device in the embodiments shown in Figures 3, 5, 6, and 7.
  • FIG. 14 is merely an example and not a limitation, and the network device including the processor, memory, and transceiver may not rely on the structures shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 11 .
  • the chip When the communication device 1400 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver, a memory and a processor.
  • the transceiver may be an input/output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processor may be a processor, a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the sending operation of the network device in the above method embodiment may be understood as the output of the chip, and the receiving operation of the network device in the above method embodiment may be understood as the input of the chip.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which computer instructions for implementing the method executed by the first communication device in the above method embodiment are stored.
  • the computer when the computer program is executed by a computer, the computer can implement the method performed by the first communication device in the above method embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product including instructions, which, when executed by a computer, enables the computer to implement the method executed by the first communication device in the above method embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the first communication device and the second communication device in the above embodiment.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a chip device, including a processor, for calling a computer program or computer instruction stored in the memory so that the processor executes the method of the embodiments shown in Figures 3, 5, 6 and 7 above.
  • the input of the chip device corresponds to the receiving operation in the embodiments shown in Figures 3, 5, 6 and 7 above
  • the output of the chip device corresponds to the sending operation in the embodiments shown in Figures 3, 5, 6 and 7 above.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory via an interface.
  • the chip device further comprises a memory, in which computer programs or computer instructions are stored.
  • the processor mentioned in any of the above places may be a general-purpose central processing unit, a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for controlling the above-mentioned FIG. 3, FIG. 5, and FIG. 6. and an integrated circuit for executing the program of the method of the embodiment shown in Figure 7.
  • the memory mentioned in any of the above places can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM), etc.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the part that essentially contributes to the technical solution of the present application or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including a number of instructions for a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: various media that can store program codes, such as USB flash drives, mobile hard drives, ROM, RAM, magnetic disks, or optical disks.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种波束确定方法以及相关装置。方法包括:终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合;终端设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束接收第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,降低波束指示的开销。

Description

波束确定方法以及相关装置
本申请要求于2022年9月28日提交中国专利局,申请号为202211192931.7,发明名称为“波束确定方法以及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种波束确定方法以及相关装置。
背景技术
第五代移动通信系统(5th generation,5G)可以采用高频通信,即采用超高频段(>6GHz)信号传输数据。高频通信的一个主要问题是信号能量随传输距离急剧下降,导致信号传输距离短。为了克服这个问题,高频通信采用模拟波束技术,通过对天线阵列进行加权处理,将信号能量集中在一个较小的角度范围内,形成一个类似于光束一样的信号(称为模拟波束,简称波束),从而提高传输距离。
网络设备和终端设备之间采用波束进行传输。例如,网络设备可以向终端设备指示多个可用于下行传输的波束。例如,多个下行公共波束、或多个上下行公共波束。而如何正确将网络设备指示的波束应用于对应的信道上是亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请提供了一种波束确定方法以及相关装置,用于终端设备正确的将网络设备指示的波束应用于第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道和第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道上,提升通信传输性能。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,从而降低波束指示的开销。
本申请第一方面提供一种波束确定方法,包括:
终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束。第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。即第一波束和第二波束均是可用于下行传输的公共波束。第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输。终端设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束接收第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
上述技术方案中,实现终端设备正确的将网络设备指示的波束应用于第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道上以及第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道上。终端设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束接收第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。从而提升通信传输性能。另一方面,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束以及根据第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第二控制资源集合采用的波束。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,从而降低波束指示的开销。
本申请第二方面提供波束确定方法,包括:
网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束。第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束,即第一波束和第二波束均是可用于下行传输的公共波束。第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合。即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输。网络设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束发送第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束发送第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
上述技术方案中,网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束。从而 实现网络设备与终端设备通过相应的波束传输对应的控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。实现网络设备与终端设备的正确传输,提升通信传输性能。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,从而降低波束指示的开销。
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束和第二波束是网络设备向终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。从而便于终端设备从第一波束和第二波束中为第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合选择合适的波束。
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个搜索空间分别关联的控制资源集合。即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合分别关联不同的搜索空间。其中,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的索引小于第二控制资源集合的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的索引大于第二控制资源集合的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的配置顺序先于第二控制资源集合的配置顺序,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的配置顺序后于第二控制资源集合的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引小于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序先于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序后于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序。
在该实现方式中,示出了第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合的一些可能的区分方式,方便终端设备和网络设备之间区分第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合。
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,对于第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中的任一个控制资源集合,当控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值时,控制资源集合采用所述第一波束;或者,当控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值时,控制资源集合采用第二波束;或者,当控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第三值时,控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束。
在该实现方式中,示出了控制资源集合对应的波束参数的各种取值以及对应的表示含义,从而利于终端设备结合控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定控制资源集合采用的波束。实现终端设备采用正确的波束进行控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道的接收。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,从而降低波束指示的开销。
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置或指示的;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数满足以下至少一项:第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都不为第三值;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值不相同;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值,另外一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值。
在该实现方式中,对于第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置的,示出了第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束 参数的取值所需满足的一项或多项。实现从配置角度设置波束参数的取值,从而实现第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合采用不同的波束。从而实现基于不同波束的物理下行控制信道的重复高可靠传输。
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置或指示的;第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束满足以下至少一项:第一控制资源集合不被配置或不被指示采用第一波束和第二波束,第二控制资源集合不被配置或不被指示不采用第一波束和第二波束;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合采用的波束不相同;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合采用第一波束,另一个控制资源集合采用第二波束;第一控制资源集合采用第一波束,第二控制资源集合采用第二波束;第一控制资源集合采用第二波束,第二控制资源集合采用第一波束。
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是缺省的,另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置的;其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是根据另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的。
在该实现方式中,该其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是根据另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的。也就是该其中一个控制资源集合采用的波束是根据另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值所指示的波束,或者说,该其中一个控制资源集合采用的波束是根据另一个控制资源集合采用的波束确定的。示出了波束参数的默认取值的取值方式,从而有利于保障两个控制资源集合采用的公共波束不同。从而始终实现基于不同波束的物理下行控制信道的重复高可靠传输。
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是根据另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的,包括:如果另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值,则其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值;或者,如果另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值,则其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值。换句话说,如果另一个控制资源集合采用第一波束,则该其中一个控制资源集合采用第二波束;或者,如果另一个控制资源集合采用第二波束,则该其中一个控制资源集合采用第一波束。
在该实现方式中,示出了其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值的具体取值方式。从而有利于保障两个控制资源集合采用的公共波束不同。从而始终实现基于不同波束的物理下行控制信道的重复高可靠传输。
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都是缺省的;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值;或者,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值。换句话说,第一控制资源集合默认采用第一波束,第二控制资源集合默认采用第二波束;或者,第一控制资源集合默认采用第二波束,第二控制资源集合默认采用第一波束。
在该实现方式中,对于第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都是缺省的情况,示出了第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值以及第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值的取值方式。从而有利于保障两个控制资源集合采用的公共波束不同。从而始终实现基于不同波束的物理下行控制信道的重复高可靠传输。
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第一条件时,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束;其中,第一条件包括以下至少一项或多项的组合:网络设备配置第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均采用公共波束;网络设备为终端设备配置了公共波束;网络设备为终端设备配置了两组可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备为终端设备配置的所有控制资源集合关联的控制资源集合池索引值相同;或者,网络设备为终端设备配置的所有控制资源集合关联同一个控制资源集合池。
在该实现方式中,进一步限定了终端设备确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采 用的波束的条件,从而有利于终端设备正确的将网络设备指示的波束应用于控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道上。提升通信传输性能。
基于第一方面或第二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第一条件时,网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束;其中,第一条件包括以下至少一项或多项的组合:网络设备配置第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均采用公共波束;网络设备为终端设备配置了公共波束;网络设备为终端设备配置了两组可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备为终端设备配置的所有控制资源集合关联的控制资源集合池索引值相同;或者,网络设备为终端设备配置的所有控制资源集合关联同一个控制资源集合池。
在该实现方式中,进一步限定了网络设备确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束的条件,从而便于网络设备与终端设备进行正确传输。
本申请第三方面提供一种波束确定方法,包括:
终端设备确定网络设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合。第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输。第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束。当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,终端设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。即第一波束和第二波束均是可用于下行传输的公共波束。
上述技术方案中,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。从而实现终端设备正确的将网络设备指示的波束应用于第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道上。从而提升通信传输性能。另一方面,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,从而降低波束指示的开销。当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,终端设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。有利于终端设备为第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定合适的默认取值。有利于实现终端设备通过不同的波束传输第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道和第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,提升通信传输的可靠性。
本申请第四方面提供一种波束确定方法,包括:
网络设备确定为终端设备确定的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合。第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输。第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束。当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,网络设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。即第一波束和第二波束均是可用于下行传输的公共波束。
上述技术方案中,网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。从而实现网络设备与终端设备之间的正确传输。从而提升通信传输性能。当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,网络设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。有利于网络设备为第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定合适的默认取值。有利于实现网络设备通过不同的波束传输第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道和第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,提升通信传输的可靠性。
基于第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束和第二波束是网络设备向终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。从而便于终端设备从第一波束和第二波束中为第一控制资源集合选择合适的波束。
基于第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束;或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值时,第一控制资源集合采用第二波束;或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第三值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束。
在该实现方式中,示出了第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值的各种取值以及对应的表示含义,从而利于终端设备结合第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。实现终端设备采用正确的波束进行第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道的接收。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,从而降低波束指示的开销。
基于第三方面或第四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是第一值和第二值中的一个,并且第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合;两个不同的波束集合是网络设备为终端设备配置的或激活的两个波束集合。换句话说,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束中的一个,并且第一控制资源集合采用的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合。
在该实现方式中,从第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值的取值方式约束第一控制资源集合采用的波束。使得第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合。不同的波束集合对应不同的TRP,从而实现通过不同的传输接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)与终端设备进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,提升通信传输的可靠性。
本申请第五方面提供一种波束确定方法,包括:
网络设备确定为终端设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合。第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输。第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束。网络设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值。网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。即第一波束和第二波束均是可用于下行传输的公共波束。
上述技术方案中,网络设备正确的确定该第一控制资源集合采用的波束,便于将该波束应用于第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道上,以便于第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用正确的波束进行传输,从而提升通信传输性能。另一方面,网络设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值。有利于网络设备为第一控制资源集合配置合适的配置值。从而有利于网络设备通过不同的波束传输第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道和第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,提升通信传输的可靠性。
基于第五方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束和第二波束是网络设备向终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。从而便于终端设备从第一波束和第二波束中为第一控制资源集合选择合适的波束。
基于第五方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第一值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束;或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第二值时,第一控制资源集合采用第二波束;或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第三值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束。
在该实现方式中,示出了第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值的各种取值以及对应的表示含义,从而利于网络设备结合第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。实现网络设备采用正确的波束进行第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道的发送。
基于第五方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值是第一值和第二值中的一个,并且第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值所指示的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合;两个不同的波束集合是网络设备为终端设备配置的或激活的 两个波束集合。换句话说,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束中的一个,并且第一控制资源集合采用的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于不同的波束集合。
在该实现方式中,从第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值的取值方式约束第一控制资源集合采用的波束。使得第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值所指示的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合。不同的波束集合对应不同的TRP,从而实现通过不同的TRP与终端设备进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,提升通信传输的可靠性。
基于第一方面至第五方面中的任一种方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合采用的波束属于第一波束集合,第二控制资源集合采用的波束属于第二波束集合;第一波束集合对应第一传输接收点TRP,第二波束集合对应第二TRP。
在该实现方式中,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合属于不同的波束集合。不同的波束集合对应不同的TRP,从而实现通过不同的TRP与终端设备进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,提升通信传输的可靠性。
基于第三方面至第五方面中的任一方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个搜索空间分别关联的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合分别关联不同的搜索空间。其中,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合为两个控制资源集合中索引较大的一个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的索引小于第二控制资源集合的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合为两个控制资源集合中索引较小的一个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的索引大于第二控制资源集合的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合为两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的配置顺序先于第二控制资源集合的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合为两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的配置顺序后于第二控制资源集合的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合为两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引小于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合为两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引大于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合为两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序先于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合为两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序后于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序。在该实现方式中,示出了第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合的一些可能的区分方式,方便终端设备和网络设备之间区分第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合。
本申请第六方面提供一种波束确定方法,包括:
终端设备确定第一测量资源;终端设备根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束;终端设备根据第一测量资源采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第一测量资源对应的测量信号。
上述技术方案中,终端设备可以通过第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束,从而实现终端设备与网络设备之间传输测量信号。实现对终端设备与网络设备之间的信道测量。
本申请第七方面提供一种波束确定方法,包括:
网络设备确定第一测量资源;网络设备根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束;网络设备根据第一测量资源采用的波束向终端设备发送第一测量资源对应的测量信号。
上述技术方案中,网络设备可以通过第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束,从而实现终端设备与网络设备之间传输测量信号。实现对终端设备与网络设备之间的信道测量。
基于第六方面,一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束,包括:终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的预配置波束。在该实现方式中,对于预配置有相应的波束的测量资源来说,终端设备可以采用该第一测量资源对应的预配置波束接收第一测量资源对应的测量信号。从而实现对第一测量资源对应的测量信号的接收,便于对信道进行测量。
基于第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束,包括:网络设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的预配置波束。在该实现方式中,对于预配置有相应的波束的测量资源来说,网络设备可以采用该第一测量资源对应的预配置波束发送第一测量资源对应的测量信号。以便于终端设备对信道进行测量。
基于第六方面,一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束和第二测量资源采用的波束,包括:终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。在该实现方式中,终端设备可以采用该第一测量资源对应的默认波束接收第一测量资源对应的测量信号。从而实现对测量信号的接收,便于进行信道测量。
基于第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束,包括:网络设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。在该实现方式中,网络设备可以采用该第一测量资源对应的默认波束发送第一测量资源对应的测量信号。从而实现对测量信号的发送,便于进行信道测量。
基于第六方面或第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置在两个不同的资源集合中,网络设备向终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的第一波束和可用于下行传输的第二波束;如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束。
在该实现方式中,示出了第一测量资源对应的默认波束的一种可能的确定方式,从而实现为第一测量资源确定合适的波束作为第一测量资源对应的默认波束。便于实现终端设备与多TRP实现波束联合测量。
基于第六方面或第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置于同一资源集合中的两个不同的资源子集中,资源集合包括资源对;网络设备向终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的第一波束和可用于下行传输的第二波束,第一测量资源属于该资源对;如果第一测量资源是资 源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束。
在该实现方式中,示出了第一测量资源对应的默认波束的另一种可能的确定方式,从而实现为第一测量资源确定合适的波束作为第一测量资源对应的默认波束。便于实现终端设备与多TRP实现波束联合测量。
基于第六方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第一条件时,终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;第一条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:
网络设备为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备为终端设备指示了两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时间与触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;或者,第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号。在该实现方式中,进一步限定了终端设备采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束的条件。
基于第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第一条件时,网络设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;第一条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:
网络设备为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备为终端设备指示了两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时间与触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;或者,第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号。在该实现方式中,进一步限定了网络设备采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束的条件。
基于第六方面或第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,如果终端设备的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应的一个波束,第一测量资源对应的默认波束为索引最小的控制资源集合对应的波束。
基于第六方面或第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置在两个不同的资源集合中,终端设备的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束;如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合, 即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二波束。
在该实现方式中,示出了第一测量资源对应的默认波束的另一种可能的确定方式,从而实现为第一测量资源确定合适的波束作为第一测量资源对应的默认波束。便于实现终端设备与多TRP实现波束联合测量。
基于第六方面或第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置于同一资源集合中的两个不同的资源子集中,资源集合包括资源对;终端设备的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束,第一测量资源属于该资源对;如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束。
在该实现方式中,示出了第一测量资源对应的默认波束的另一种可能的确定方式,从而实现为第一测量资源确定合适的波束作为第一测量资源对应的默认波束。便于实现终端设备与多TRP实现波束联合测量。
基于第六方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第二条件时,终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;其中,第二条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:网络设备没有为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备没有为终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时域位置与触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号;网络设备为终端设备配置了单频网络模式A(sfnSchemeA),在单频网络模式A下,终端设备的一个控制资源集合对应两个波束,控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道通过控制资源集合对应的两个波束同时发送;或者,网络设备没有为终端设 备配置第一参数,第一参数用于指示终端设备采用两个默认波束接收终端设备的下行共享信道。
基于第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第二条件时,网络设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;其中,第二条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:网络设备没有为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备没有为终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时域位置与触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号;网络设备为终端设备配置了单频网络模式A(sfnSchemeA),在单频网络模式A下,终端设备的一个控制资源集合对应两个波束,控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道通过控制资源集合对应的两个波束同时发送;或者,网络设备没有为终端设备配置第一参数,第一参数用于指示终端设备采用两个默认波束接收终端设备的下行共享信道。
基于第六方面或第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置在两个不同的资源集合中,网络设备通过下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)向终端设备指示传输配置指示(transmission configuration indicator,TCI)状态,DCI中的TCI字段包括至少一个TCI字段值;如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束,第一TCI字段值是至少一个TCI字段值中用于指示两个TCI状态的TCI字段值中最小的TCI字段值;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束。
在该实现方式中,示出了第一测量资源对应的默认波束的另一种可能的确定方式,从而实现为第一测量资源确定合适的波束作为第一测量资源对应的默认波束。便于实现终端设备与多TRP实现波束联合测量。
基于第六方面或第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置于同一资源集合中的两个不同的资源子集中,资源集合包括资源对;网络设备通过DCI向终端设备指示TCI状态,DCI中的TCI字段包括至少一个TCI字段值,第一测量资源属于该资源对;如果第一测量资源属 于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束,第一TCI字段值是至少一个TCI字段值中用于指示两个TCI状态的TCI字段值中最小的TCI字段值;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束。
在该实现方式中,示出了第一测量资源对应的默认波束的另一种可能的确定方式,从而实现为第一测量资源确定合适的波束作为第一测量资源对应的默认波束。便于实现终端设备与多TRP实现波束联合测量。
基于第六方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第三条件时,终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;其中,第三条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:网络设备没有为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备没有为终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时间触发第一测量资源传输的物理下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除了第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号;或者,网络设备为终端设备配置第一参数,第一参数用于终端设备采用两个默认波束接收终端设备的物理下行共享信道。
基于第七方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第三条件时,网络设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;其中,第三条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:网络设备没有为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备没有为终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时间触发第一测量资源传输的物理下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除了第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号;或者,网络设备为终端设备配置第一参数,第一参数用于终端设备采用两个默认波束接收终端设备的物理下行共享信道。
基于第一方面至第七方面中的任一种方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束和第二波束包括以下任一项:
第一波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较小的波束,第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较大的波束;即第一波束的索引小于第二波束的索引;或者,
第一波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠前的波束,第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠后的波束;即第一波束的配置顺序先于第二波束的配置顺序;或者,
第一波束属于第一波束集合,第二波束属于第二波束集合,第一波束集合和第二波束集合是网络设备为终端设备配置的两个同一类型的波束集合,第一波束集合为两个同一类型的波束集合中索引较小的 波束集合,第二波束集合为两个波束集合中索引较大的波束集合,即第一波束集合的索引小于第二波束集合的索引;或者,第一波束集合为两个同一类型的波束集合中配置顺序较靠前的波束集合,第二波束集合为两个波束集合中配置顺序较靠后的波束集合,即第一波束集合的配置顺序先于第二波束集合的配置顺序;或者,
第一波束属于第一波束组,第二波束属于第二波束组,第一波束组和第二波束组是网络设备通过媒体接入控制控制元素(media access control control element,MAC CE)激活的两个同一类型的波束组,第一波束组是两个同一类型的波束组中索引较小的波束组,第二波束组是两个同一类型的波束组中索引较大的波束组,即第一波束组的索引小于第二波束组的索引;或者,第一波束组是两个同一类型的波束组在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠前的波束组,第二波束组是两个同一类型的波束组在MAC CE中激活顺序较靠后的波束组,即第一波束组的激活顺序先于第二波束组的激活顺序;或者,
第一波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的传输配置指示(transmission configuration indicator,TCI)字段值较小的波束,第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的TCI字段值较大的波束,即第一波束对应的TCI字段值小于第二波束对应的TCI字段值;或者,
第一波束是下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中的第一个传输配置指示TCI字段指示的波束,第二波束是DCI中的第二个TCI字段指示的波束;或者,
第一波束是DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第一部分字段值对应的波束,第二波束是DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第二部分字段值对应的波束;或者,
第一波束和第二波束是DCI中同一TCI字段指示的两个同一类型的波束,且第一波束是两个同一类型的波束中在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠前的波束,第二波束是两个同一类型的波束中在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠后的波束,即第一波束的激活顺序先于第二波束的激活顺序;或者,
第一波束是第一DCI指示的波束,第二波束是第二DCI指示的波束,第一DCI是网络设备为终端设备配置的两个控制资源集合分组中第一控制资源集合分组对应的物理下行控制信道承载的DCI,第二DCI是两个控制资源集合分组中第二控制资源集合分组对应的物理下行控制信道承载的DCI,第一控制资源集合分组为两个控制资源集合分组中分组索引较小的控制资源集合分组,第二控制资源集合分组为两个控制资源集合分组中分组索引较大的控制资源集合分组,即第一控制资源集合分组的分组索引小于第二控制资源集合分组的分组索引;或者,第一DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示第一DCI指示的波束是第一波束,第二DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示第二DCI指示的波束是第二波束。
在该实现方式中,示出了第一波束和第二波束的一些可能的区分方式,从而便于终端设备和网络设备区分第一波束和第二波束。
本申请第八方面提供一种通信装置,包括:
处理模块,用于根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束,即第一波束和第二波束均是可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输;
收发模块,用于根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束接收第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
基于第八方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束和第二波束是网络设备向通信装置指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
基于第八方面,一种可能的实现方式中,对于第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中的任一个控制资源集合,当控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值时,控制资源集合采用所述第一波束;或者,当控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值时,控制资源集合采用第二波束;或者,当控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第三值时,控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束。
基于第八方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置或指示的;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资 源集合对应的波束参数满足以下至少一项:第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都不为第三值;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值不相同;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值,另外一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第一值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值。
基于第八方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置或指示的;第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束满足以下至少一项:第一控制资源集合不被配置或不被指示采用第一波束和第二波束,第二控制资源集合不被配置或不被指示不采用第一波束和第二波束;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合采用的波束不相同;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合采用第一波束,另一个控制资源集合采用第二波束;第一控制资源集合采用第一波束,第二控制资源集合采用第二波束;第一控制资源集合采用第二波束,第二控制资源集合采用第一波束。
基于第八方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是缺省的,另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置的;其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是根据另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的。
基于第八方面,一种可能的实现方式中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是根据另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的,包括:如果另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值,则其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值;或者,如果另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值,则其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值。换句话说,如果另一个控制资源集合采用第一波束,则该其中一个控制资源集合采用第二波束;或者,如果另一个控制资源集合采用第二波束,则该其中一个控制资源集合采用第一波束。
基于第八方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都是缺省的;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值;或者,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值。换句话说,第一控制资源集合默认采用第一波束,第二控制资源集合默认采用第二波束;或者,第一控制资源集合默认采用第二波束,第二控制资源集合默认采用第一波束。
基于第八方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第一条件时,通信装置根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束;其中,第一条件包括以下至少一项或多项的组合:网络设备配置第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均采用公共波束;网络设备为通信装置配置了公共波束;网络设备为通信装置配置了两组可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备为通信装置配置的所有控制资源集合关联的控制资源集合池索引值相同;或者,网络设备为终端设备配置的所有控制资源集合关联同一个控制资源集合池。
本申请第九方面提供一种通信装置,包括:
处理模块,用于根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束,即第一波束和第二波束均是可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输;
收发模块,用于根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束发送第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束发送第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
基于第九方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束和第二波束是通信装置向终端设备指示的两个可 用于下行传输的公共波束。
基于第九方面,一种可能的实现方式中,对于第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中的任一个控制资源集合,当控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值时,控制资源集合采用所述第一波束;或者,当控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值时,控制资源集合采用第二波束;或者,当控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第三值时,控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束。
基于第九方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是通信装置配置或指示的;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数满足以下至少一项:第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都不为第三值;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值不相同;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值,另外一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第一值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值。
基于第九方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是通信装置配置或指示的;第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束满足以下至少一项:第一控制资源集合不被配置或不被指示采用第一波束和第二波束,第二控制资源集合不被配置或不被指示不采用第一波束和第二波束;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合采用的波束不相同;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合采用第一波束,另一个控制资源集合采用第二波束;第一控制资源集合采用第一波束,第二控制资源集合采用第二波束;第一控制资源集合采用第二波束,第二控制资源集合采用第一波束。
基于第九方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是缺省的,另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是通信装置配置的;其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是根据另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的。
基于第九方面,一种可能的实现方式中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是根据另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的,包括:如果另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值,则其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值;或者,如果另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值,则其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值。换句话说,如果另一个控制资源集合采用第一波束,则该其中一个控制资源集合采用第二波束;或者,如果另一个控制资源集合采用第二波束,则该其中一个控制资源集合采用第一波束。
基于第九方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都是缺省的;第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值;或者,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值。换句话说,第一控制资源集合默认采用第一波束,第二控制资源集合默认采用第二波束;或者,第一控制资源集合默认采用第二波束,第二控制资源集合默认采用第一波束。
基于第九方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第一条件时,通信装置根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束;其中,第一条件包括以下至少一项或多项的组合:通信装置配置第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均采用公共波束;通信装置为终端设备配置了公共波束;通信装置为终端设备配置了两组可用于下行传输的公共波束;通信装置为终端设备配置的所有控制资源集合关联的控制资源集合池索引值相同;或者,通信装置为终端设备配置的所有控制资源集合关联同一个控制资源集合池。
基于第八方面或第九方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个搜索空间分别关联的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制 资源集合分别关联不同的搜索空间;其中,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的索引小于第二控制资源集合的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的索引大于第二控制资源集合的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的配置顺序先于第二控制资源集合的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的配置顺序后于第二控制资源集合的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引小于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序先于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序后于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序。
本申请第十方面提供一种通信装置,包括:
处理模块,用于确定网络设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输;第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值;根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;即第一波束和第二波束均是可用于下行传输的公共波束。
本申请第十一方面提供一种波束确定方法,包括:
处理模块,用于确定为终端设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输;第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值;根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;即第一波束和第二波束均是可用于下行传输的公共波束。
基于第十方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束和第二波束是网络设备向通信装置指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
基于第十一方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束和第二波束是通信装置向终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
基于第十方面或第十一方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束;或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值时,第一控制资源集合采用第二波束;或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第三值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束。
基于第十方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是第一值和第二值中的一个,并且第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合;两个不同的波束集合是网络设备为通信装置配置的或激活的两个波束集合。换句话说,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束中的一个,并且第一控制资 源集合采用的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合。
基于第十一方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是第一值和第二值中的一个,并且第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合;两个不同的波束集合是通信装置为终端设备配置的或激活的两个波束集合。换句话说,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束中的一个,并且第一控制资源集合采用的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合。
基于第十方面或第十一方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合采用的波束属于第一波束集合,第二控制资源集合采用的波束属于第二波束集合;第一波束集合对应第一传输接收点TRP,第二波束集合对应第二TRP。
本申请第十二方面提供一种通信装置,包括:
处理模块,用于确定为终端设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输,第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值;根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束,即第一波束和第二波束均是可用于下行传输的公共波束。
基于第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束和第二波束是通信装置向终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
基于第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第一值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束;或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第二值时,第一控制资源集合采用第二波束;或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第三值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束。
基于第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值是第一值和第二值中的一个,并且第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值所指示的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合;两个不同的波束集合是通信装置为终端设备配置的或激活的两个波束集合。换句话说,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束中的一个,并且第一控制资源集合采用的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于不同的波束集合。
基于第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合采用的波束属于第一波束集合,第二控制资源集合采用的波束属于第二波束集合;第一波束集合对应第一传输接收点TRP,第二波束集合对应第二TRP。
基于第十方面、第十一方面或第十二方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个搜索空间分别关联的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合分别关联不同的搜索空间;其中,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的索引小于第二控制资源集合的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的索引大于第二控制资源集合的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的配置顺序先于第二控制资源集合的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的配置顺序后于第二控制资源集合的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引小于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜 索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序先于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序后于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序。
本申请第十三方面提供一种通信装置,包括:
处理模块,用于确定第一测量资源;根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束;
收发模块,用于根据第一测量资源采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第一测量资源对应的测量信号。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:
确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的预配置波束。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:
确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为通信装置配置的测量资源被配置在两个不同的资源集合中,网络设备向通信装置指示了可用于下行传输的第一波束和可用于下行传输的第二波束;如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为通信装置配置的测量资源被配置于同一资源集合中的两个不同的资源子集中,资源集合包括资源对;网络设备向通信装置指示了可用于下行传输的第一波束和可用于下行传输的第二波束,第一测量资源属于该资源对;如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第 一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第一条件时,通信装置确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;第一条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:
网络设备为通信装置配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备为通信装置指示了两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时间与触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;或者,第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号。在该实现方式中,进一步限定了通信装置采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束的条件。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,如果通信装置的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应的一个波束,第一测量资源对应的默认波束为索引最小的控制资源集合对应的波束。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为通信装置配置的测量资源被配置在两个不同的资源集合中,通信装置的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束;如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二波束。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为通信装置配置的测量资源被配置于同一资源集合中的两个不同的资源子集中,资源集合包括资源对;通信装置的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束,第一测量资源属于该资源对;如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引, 则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第二条件时,通信装置确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;其中,第二条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:网络设备没有为通信装置配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备没有为通信装置指示了可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时域位置与触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号;网络设备为通信装置配置了单频网络模式A(sfnSchemeA),在单频网络模式A下,通信装置的一个控制资源集合对应两个波束,控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道通过控制资源集合对应的两个波束同时发送;或者,网络设备没有为通信装置配置第一参数,第一参数用于指示通信装置采用两个默认波束接收通信装置的下行共享信道。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为通信装置配置的测量资源被配置在两个不同的资源集合中,网络设备通过DCI向通信装置指示TCI状态,DCI中的TCI字段包括至少一个TCI字段值;如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束,第一TCI字段值是至少一个TCI字段值中用于指示两个TCI状态的TCI字段值中最小的TCI字段值;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索 引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备为通信装置配置的测量资源被配置于同一资源集合中的两个不同的资源子集中,资源集合包括资源对;网络设备通过DCI向通信装置指示TCI状态,DCI中的TCI字段包括至少一个TCI字段值,第一测量资源属于该资源对;如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束,第一TCI字段值是至少一个TCI字段值中用于指示两个TCI状态的TCI字段值中最小的TCI字段值;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束。
基于第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第三条件时,通信装置确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;其中,第三条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:网络设备没有为通信装置配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;网络设备没有为通信装置指示了可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时间触发第一测量资源传输的物理下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除了第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号;或者,网络设备为通信装置配置第一参数,第一参数用于通信装置采用两个默认波束接收通信装置的物理下行共享信道。
基于第八方面、第十方面或第十三方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束和第二波束包括以下任一项:
第一波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较小的波束,第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较大的波束;即第一波束的索引小于第二波束的索引;或者,
第一波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠前的波束,第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠后的波束;即第一波束的配置顺序先于第二波束的配置顺序;或者,
第一波束属于第一波束集合,第二波束属于第二波束集合,第一波束集合和第二波束集合是网络设备为通信装置配置的两个同一类型的波束集合,第一波束集合为两个同一类型的波束集合中索引较小的波束集合,第二波束集合为两个波束集合中索引较大的波束集合,即第一波束集合的索引小于第二波束集合的索引;或者,第一波束集合为两个同一类型的波束集合中配置顺序较靠前的波束集合,第二波束 集合为两个波束集合中配置顺序较靠后的波束集合,即第一波束集合的配置顺序先于第二波束集合的配置顺序;或者,
第一波束属于第一波束组,第二波束属于第二波束组,第一波束组和第二波束组是网络设备通过MAC CE激活的两个同一类型的波束组,第一波束组是两个同一类型的波束组中索引较小的波束组,第二波束组是两个同一类型的波束组中索引较大的波束组,即第一波束组的索引小于第二波束组的索引;或者,第一波束组是两个同一类型的波束组在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠前的波束组,第二波束组是两个同一类型的波束组在MAC CE中激活顺序较靠后的波束组,即第一波束组的激活顺序先于第二波束组的激活顺序;或者,
第一波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的TCI字段值较小的波束,第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的TCI字段值较大的波束,即第一波束对应的TCI字段值小于第二波束对应的TCI字段值;或者,
第一波束是DCI中的第一个传输配置指示TCI字段指示的波束,第二波束是DCI中的第二个TCI字段指示的波束;或者,
第一波束是DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第一部分字段值对应的波束,第二波束是DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第二部分字段值对应的波束;或者,
第一波束和第二波束是DCI中同一TCI字段指示的两个同一类型的波束,且第一波束是两个同一类型的波束中在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠前的波束,第二波束是两个同一类型的波束中在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠后的波束,即第一波束的激活顺序先于第二波束的激活顺序;或者,
第一波束是第一DCI指示的波束,第二波束是第二DCI指示的波束,第一DCI是网络设备为通信装置配置的两个控制资源集合分组中第一控制资源集合分组对应的物理下行控制信道承载的DCI,第二DCI是两个控制资源集合分组中第二控制资源集合分组对应的物理下行控制信道承载的DCI,第一控制资源集合分组为两个控制资源集合分组中分组索引较小的控制资源集合分组,第二控制资源集合分组为两个控制资源集合分组中分组索引较大的控制资源集合分组,即第一控制资源集合分组的分组索引小于第二控制资源集合分组的分组索引;或者,第一DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示第一DCI指示的波束是第一波束,第二DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示第二DCI指示的波束是第二波束。
本申请第十四方面提供一种通信装置,包括:
处理模块,用于确定第一测量资源;根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束;
收发模块,用于根据第一测量资源采用的波束向终端设备发送第一测量资源对应的测量信号。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:
确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的预配置波束。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块具体用于:
确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置在两个不同的资源集合中,通信装置向终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的第一波束和可用于下行传输的第二波束;如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较 大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于该两个不同的资源集合中除第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置于同一资源集合中的两个不同的资源子集中,资源集合包括资源对;通信装置向终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的第一波束和可用于下行传输的第二波束,第一测量资源属于该资源对;如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第一条件时,通信装置确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;第一条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:
通信装置为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;通信装置为终端设备指示了两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时间与触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;或者,第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号。在该实现方式中,进一步限定了通信装置采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束的条件。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,如果终端设备的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应的一个波束,第一测量资源对应的默认波束为索引最小的控制资源集合对应的波束。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置在两个不同的资源集合中,终端设备的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束;如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引 较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二波束。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置于同一资源集合中的两个不同的资源子集中,资源集合包括资源对;终端设备的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束,第一测量资源属于该资源对;如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第二条件时,通信装置确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;其中,第二条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:通信装置没有为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;通信装置没有为终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时域位置与触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号;通信装置为终端设备配置了单频网络模式A(sfnSchemeA),在单频网络模式A下,终端设备的一个控制资源集合对应两个波束,控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道通过控制资源集合对应的两个波束同时发送;或者,通信装置没有为终端设备配置第一参数,第一参数用于指示终端设备采用两个默认波束接收终端设备的下行共享信道。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置在两个不同的资源集合中,通信装置通过DCI向终端设备指示TCI状态,DCI中的TCI字段包括至少一个TCI字段 值;如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束,第一TCI字段值是至少一个TCI字段值中用于指示两个TCI状态的TCI字段值中最小的TCI字段值;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引大于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序后于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的索引小于该两个不同的资源集合中除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,即如果第一测量资源所属的资源集合的配置顺序先于除该第一测量资源所属的资源集合之外的另外一个资源集合的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置为终端设备配置的测量资源被配置于同一资源集合中的两个不同的资源子集中,资源集合包括资源对;通信装置通过DCI向终端设备指示TCI状态,DCI中的TCI字段包括至少一个TCI字段值,第一测量资源属于该资源对;如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束,第一TCI字段值是至少一个TCI字段值中用于指示两个TCI状态的TCI字段值中最小的TCI字段值;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较大的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引大于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序后于该资源对的另外一个资源的配置顺序,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,即如果第一测量资源的索引小于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波 束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,即如果第一测量资源的配置顺序先于该资源对的另外一个资源的索引,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束。
基于第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,当满足第三条件时,通信装置确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;其中,第三条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:通信装置没有为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束;通信装置没有为终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;第一测量资源占用的起始时间触发第一测量资源传输的物理下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除了第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号;或者,通信装置为终端设备配置第一参数,第一参数用于终端设备采用两个默认波束接收终端设备的物理下行共享信道。
基于第九方面、第十一方面、第十二方面、或第十四方面,一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束和第二波束包括以下任一项:
第一波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较小的波束,第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较大的波束;即第一波束的索引小于第二波束的索引;或者,
第一波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠前的波束,第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠后的波束;即第一波束的配置顺序先于第二波束的配置顺序;或者,
第一波束属于第一波束集合,第二波束属于第二波束集合,第一波束集合和第二波束集合是通信装置为终端设备配置的两个同一类型的波束集合,第一波束集合为两个同一类型的波束集合中索引较小的波束集合,第二波束集合为两个波束集合中索引较大的波束集合,即第一波束集合的索引小于第二波束集合的索引;或者,第一波束集合为两个同一类型的波束集合中配置顺序较靠前的波束集合,第二波束集合为两个波束集合中配置顺序较靠后的波束集合,即第一波束集合的配置顺序先于第二波束集合的配置顺序;或者,
第一波束属于第一波束组,第二波束属于第二波束组,第一波束组和第二波束组是通信装置通过MAC CE激活的两个同一类型的波束组,第一波束组是两个同一类型的波束组中索引较小的波束组,第二波束组是两个同一类型的波束组中索引较大的波束组,即第一波束组的索引小于第二波束组的索引;或者,第一波束组是两个同一类型的波束组在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠前的波束组,第二波束组是两个同一类型的波束组在MAC CE中激活顺序较靠后的波束组,即第一波束组的激活顺序先于第二波束组的激活顺序;或者,
第一波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的TCI字段值较小的波束,第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的TCI字段值较大的波束,即第一波束对应的TCI字段值小于第二波束对应的TCI字段值;或者,
第一波束是DCI中的第一个传输配置指示TCI字段指示的波束,第二波束是DCI中的第二个TCI字段指示的波束;或者,
第一波束是DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第一部分字段值对应的波束,第二波束是DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第二部分字段值对应的波束;或者,
第一波束和第二波束是DCI中同一TCI字段指示的两个同一类型的波束,且第一波束是两个同一类型的波束中在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠前的波束,第二波束是两个同一类型的波束中在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠后的波束,即第一波束的激活顺序先于第二波束的激活顺序;或者,
第一波束是第一DCI指示的波束,第二波束是第二DCI指示的波束,第一DCI是通信装置为终端设备配置的两个控制资源集合分组中第一控制资源集合分组对应的物理下行控制信道承载的DCI,第二DCI是两个控制资源集合分组中第二控制资源集合分组对应的物理下行控制信道承载的DCI,第一控制资源集合分组为两个控制资源集合分组中分组索引较小的控制资源集合分组,第二控制资源集合分组为两个控制资源集合分组中分组索引较大的控制资源集合分组,即第一控制资源集合分组的分组索引小于第二控制资源集合分组的分组索引;或者,第一DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示第一DCI指示的波束是第一波束,第二DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示第二DCI指示的波束是第二波束。
本申请第十五方面提供一种通信装置,通信装置包括处理器。该处理器用于调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得处理器实现如第一方面至第七方面中任一方面中的任意一种实现方式。
可选的,该通信装置还包括收发器;该处理器还用于控制该收发器收发信号。
可选的,该通信装置包括存储器,该存储器中存储有计算机程序。
本申请第十六方面提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当其在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如第一方面至第七方面中任一种的实现方式。
本申请第十七方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面至第七方面中的任一种实现方式。
本申请第十八方面提供一种芯片装置,包括处理器,用于与存储器相连,调用该存储器中存储的程序,以使得该处理器执行上述第一方面至第七方面中的任一种实现方式。
本申请第十九方面提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括如第八方面所示的通信装置和如第九方面所示的通信装置;或者,该通信系统包括如第十方面所示的通信装置和如第十一方面所示的通信装置;或者,该通信系统包括如第十三方面所示的通信装置和如第十四方面所示的通信装置。
从以上技术方案可以看出,本申请实施例具有以下优点:
经由上述技术方案可知,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束。第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合。终端设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束接收第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。从而实现终端设备正确的将网络设备指示的波束应用于对应的控制资源集合对应的信道上,以便于控制资源集合对应的信道采用正确的波束进行传输,从而提升通信传输性能。另一方面,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束以及根据第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第二控制资源集合采用的波束。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,从而降低波束指示的开销。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例应用的通信系统的一个示意图;
图2为本申请实施例应用的通信系统的另一个示意图;
图3为本申请实施例波束确定方法的第一种实施例示意图;
图4为本申请实施例波束确定方法的一个场景示意图;
图5为本申请实施例波束确定方法的第二种实施例示意图;
图6为本申请实施例波束确定方法的第三种实施例示意图;
图7为本申请实施例波束确定方法的第四种实施例示意图;
图8为本申请实施例通信装置的第一种结构示意图;
图9为本申请实施例通信装置的第二种结构示意图;
图10为本申请实施例通信装置的第三种结构示意图;
图11为本申请实施例通信装置的第四种结构示意图;
图12为本申请实施例通信装置的第五种结构示意图;
图13为本申请实施例通信装置的第六种结构示意图;
图14为本申请实施例通信装置的第七种结构示意图。
具体实施方式
本申请实施例提供了一种波束确定方法以及相关装置,用于终端设备正确的将网络设备指示的波束应用于对应的控制资源集合对应的信道上,提升通信传输性能。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,从而降低波束指示的开销。
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统。例如,5G系统、新无线(new radio,NR)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、5G网络之后的移动通信系统(例如,6G移动通信系统)、车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信系统等。
本申请适用的通信系统包括终端设备和网络设备。下面对本申请的终端设备和网络设备进行介绍。
终端设备可以是能够接收网络设备调度和指示信息的无线终端设备。终端设备可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,或具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。
终端设备,又称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。终端设备是包括无线通信功能(向用户提供语音/数据连通性)的设备。例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或车载设备等。目前,一些终端设备的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、车联网中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。例如,车联网中的无线终端可以为车载设备、整车设备、车载模块、车辆等。工业控制中的无线终端可以为摄像头、机器人等。智慧家庭中的无线终端可以为电视、空调、扫地机、音箱、机顶盒等。
网络设备可以无线网络中的设备。例如,网络设备可以是部署在无线接入网中为终端设备提供无线通信功能的设备。例如,网络设备可以为将终端设备接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点,又可以称为接入网设备。
网络设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者TRP等,还可以为5G移动通信系统中的网络设备。例如,NR系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB),传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP),TP;或者,5G移动通信系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板;或者,网络设备还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点。例如,BBU,或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。例如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、MAC层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来。因此在该架构下,高层信令(如RRC层信令)也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU和AAU发送的。可以理解的是,网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一个或多个的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为RAN中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的网络设备,本申请对此不做限定。
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,下面结合图1和图2示出了本申请实施例提供的波束使用方法适用的两种可能的通信系统。
图1为本申请实施例应用的通信系统的一个示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统包括至少一个网络设备。例如,如图1所示的网络设备111,该通信系统还包括至少一个终端设备。例如,如图1所示的终端设备121和终端设备122。网络设备111可以与终端设备121和终端设备122之间可以采用波束进行传输。
图2为本申请实施例应用的通信系统的另一个示意图。如图2所示,该通信系统可以包括至少两个网络设备。例如,如图2所示的网络设备211、网络设备212和网络设备213。该通信系统还包括至少一个终端设备。例如,如图2所示的终端设备221。终端设备221可以由多个网络设备提供通信服务。例如,如图2所示,网络设备211可以采用波束1与终端设备221进行传输,网络设备212可以采用波束2与终端设备221进行传输。网络设备213可以采用波束3与终端设备221进行传输。也就是说一个终端设备可以由多个网络设备同时提供通信服务。
为了便于理解本申请的技术方案,下面对本申请涉及的一些技术术语进行介绍。
1、波束(beam):波束是一种通信资源。波束可以是宽波束,或者窄波束,或者其他类型波束,形成波束的技术可以是波束成形技术或者其他技术手段。波束成形技术可以具体为数字波束成形技术、模拟波束成形技术和混合数字/模拟波束成形技术。不同的波束可以认为是不同的资源。
波束在NR协议中可以称为空域滤波器(spatial domain filter),空间滤波器(spatial filter),空域参数(spatial domain parameter),空间参数(spatial parameter),空域设置(spatial domain setting),空间设置(spatial setting),准共址(quasi-colocation,QCL)信息,QCL假设,或QCL指示等。波束可以通过TCI-state参数来指示,或者通过空间关系(spatial relation)参数来指示。因此,本申请中,波束可以替换为空域滤波器,空间滤波器,空域参数,空间参数,空域设置,空间设置,QCL信息,QCL假设,QCL指示,TCI-state(包括上行TCI-state,下行TCI-state),或空间关系等。上述术语之间也相互等效。波束也可以替换为其他表示波束的术语,本申请在此不作限定。
用于发送信号的波束可以称为发送波束(transmission beam,Tx beam),空域发送滤波器(spatial domain transmission filter),空间发送滤波器(spatial transmission filter),空域发送参数(spatial domain transmission parameter),空间发送参数(spatial transmission parameter),空域发送设置(spatial domain transmission setting),或者空间发送设置(spatial transmission setting)。发送波束可以通过TCI-state来指示。
用于接收信号的波束可以称为接收波束(reception beam,Rx beam),空域接收滤波器(spatial domain reception filter),空间接收滤波器(spatial reception filter),空域接收参数(spatial domain reception parameter)或者空间接收参数(spatial reception parameter),空域接收设置(spatial domain reception setting),或者空间接收设置(spatial reception setting)。
发送波束和接收波束都可以通过空间关系、TCI-state、SRS资源(表示使用该SRS的发送波束)中任一种来指示。因此,发送波束还可以替换为SRS资源。
发送波束可以是指信号经天线发射出去后在空间不同方向上形成的信号强度的分布,接收波束可以是指从天线上接收到的无线信号在空间不同方向上的信号强度分布。
此外,波束可以是宽波束,或者窄波束,或者其他类型的波束。形成波束的技术可以是波束赋形技术或者其他技术。波束赋形技术具体可以为数字波束赋形技术、模拟波束赋形技术、混合数字波束赋形技术、或者混合模拟波束赋形技术等。
波束一般和资源对应,例如进行波束测量时,网络设备通过不同的资源来测量不同的波束,终端设备反馈测得的资源质量,网络设备就知道对应的波束的质量。当数据传输时,波束信息也是通过其对应的资源来进行指示的。例如,网络设备通过DCI中的TCI字段指示终端设备的PDSCH波束的信息。
在可能实现的一种方式中,将具有相同或者类似的通信特征的多个波束视为是一个波束。一个波束内可以包括一个或者多个天线端口,用于传输数据信道、控制信道和探测信号等。形成一个波束的一个或者多个天线端口也可以看作是一个天线端口集。
2、准同位(quasi-co-location,QCL):准同位关系用于表示多个资源之间具有一个或多个相同或者相类似的通信特征。对于具有准同位关系的多个资源,可以采用相同或者类似的通信配置。例如,如 果两个天线端口具有准同位关系,那么一个端口传送一个符号的信道大尺度特性可以从另一个端口传送一个符号的信道大尺度特性推断出来。大尺度特性可以包括:延迟扩展,平均延迟,多普勒扩展,多普勒频移,平均增益,接收参数,终端设备接收波束编号,发射/接收信道相关性,接收到达角,接收机天线的空间相关性,主到达角(Angel-of-Arrival,AoA),平均到达角,AoA的扩展等。具体地,该同位指示用于指示至少两组天线端口是否具有同位关系包括:同位指示用于指示至少两组天线端口发送的信道状态信息参考信号是否来自相同的传输点,或同位指示用于指示至少两组天线端口发送的信道状态信息参考信号是否来自相同的波束组。
3、TCI:也可以称为TCI状态(TCI-State)。通信协议规定通过TCI状态来配置QCL,TCI状态的参数用于在一到两个下行参考信号和物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)的解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)之间配置准共址关系。DCI中可以包括TCI字段,该TCI字段是DCI中用于指示PDSCH天线端口准共址的字段。
TCI由网络设备通过RRC消息为终端设备配置,在配置信令中称为TCI状态。网络设备通过RRC消息为终端设备配置TCI状态之后。网络设备可以向终端设备发送MAC-CE,该MAC用于激活网络设备为终端设备配置的TCI状态中的一个或多个TCI状态。可选的,网络设备可以进一步向终端设备发送DCI,该DCI用于指示MAC CE激活的TCI状态中的一个TCI状态。
TCI状态包括一个或者两个QCL关系,QCL关系表征了当前将要接收的信号/信道,与之前已知的某参考信号之间的某种一致性关系。若存在QCL关系,终端设备可以继承之前接收某参考信号时的接收或发送参数,来接收或发送将要到来的信号/信道。每个TCI状态对应一个波束。终端设备可以通过该波束进行通信传输。
下面介绍TCI状态的配置,激活和指示。
TCI状态配置:网络设备通过RRC信令向终端设备配置多个TCI状态。这些TCI状态均包括一个类型为类型D(typeD)的准同位信息(QCL-Info)。网络设备也可以配置不包括类型为typeD的QCL-info的TCI-state,不过这些TCI状态不是用于数据传输波束的指示,故此处不进一步阐述。
TCI状态激活:网络设备配置多个TCI状态后,还需要通过MAC-CE激活其中8个TCI状态。这8个TCI状态与DCI中的TCI字段的8个值是一一对应的。即,DCI的TCI字段的8个值对应的是哪8个TCI状态,是通过MAC CE来确定的。
TCI状态指示:网络设备通过DCI中的TCI字段来指示一个具体的TCI-state。例如,网络设备发送给终端设备的DCI中的TCI字段的值为000,表示数据传输波束采用的000对应的TCI状态。该TCI状态内的类型为typeD的QCL-Info所包含的参考信号是索引为#1的信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS),表示数据传输采用的波束与索引为#1的CSI-RS对应的接收波束是相同的。索引为#1的CSI-RS对应的接收波束可通过波束测量流程来确定,对终端设备来说是已知的。因此,通过TCI字段的具体取值,终端设备就可以确定数据传输波束对应的波束,从而采用相应的波束来发送或接收数据。
需要说明的是,本文中TCI-state和TCI状态两个描述方式可以互相替换。
4、公共波束:目前每个信道都采用单独的波束指示。每个信道都有自己对应的波束。在本申请中,定义一种公共波束,同时用于上行和/或下行的多个信道。
公共波束:一个或多个信道、一种或多种信道、一个或多个参考信号、和/或、一种或多种参考信号共同采用的同一个波束。信道包括但不限于至少一种:物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)、物理下行共享信道(physical downlink share channel,PDSCH)、物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)、物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)、物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH)。参考信号包括但不限于至少一种:同步信号块和物理广播信道块(synchronization signal and physical broadcast channel block,SSB)、信道状态信息参考信号、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、相位跟踪参考信号(phase tracking reference signal,PTRS)、时频跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,TRS)、探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)等。
联合(joint)公共波束:同时用于上行的至少一个信道或至少一个参考信号的传输,和用于下行的至少一个信道或至少一个参考信号的传输。例如,物理下行控制信道,物理下行共享信道、物理上行控制信道和物理上行共享信道。联合公共波束也可以称为上下行公共波束。
上行公共波束:同时用于上行的多个信道的传输,和/或,同时用于上行的多种信道的传输,和/或,同时用于上行的一个或多个参考信号的传输。例如,物理上行控制信道、物理上行共享信道和探测参考信号。
下行公共波束:同时用于下行的多个信道的传输,和/或,同时用于下行的多种信道的传输,和/或,同时用于下行的一个或多个参考信号的传输。例如,物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道和信道状态信息参考信号。
公共波束的形式:公共波束可以是一种新定义的结构(不同于现有的TCI-state)。例如,公共波束中包括波束指示的相关信息,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:公共波束标识(identifier,ID),逻辑小区标识(cell ID),物理小区标识,部分带宽标识,确定波束的参考信号资源,QCL类型,上行功控相关参数(如路损测量参考信号资源,p0,闭环索引(closedLoopIndex)等),路径损耗参考信号的标识。
公共波束的应用范围:公共波束可以是小区级的,即一个公共公波束用于一个小区内多个信道的传输。公共波束可以是带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)级的,用于一个BWP内多个波束的传输。公共波束也可以是跨小区的,即用于多个小区的多个信道的传输。所述多个小区可以是一个频段(band)内的多个小区。所述多个小区也可以是跨频段的多个小区。
5、控制资源集合:用于指示物理下行控制信道传输的频域资源集合,是物理下行控制信道传输的参数配置单元,包括物理下行控制信道的相关配置参数。
6、控制资源集合分组:包括至少一个控制资源集合。每个控制资源集合分组对应一个分组索引(CORESETPoolIndex)。控制资源集合的配置参数中包括分组索引,用于表示该控制资源集合对应的控制资源集合分组。
7、搜索空间:用于指示物理下行控制信道传输的时域位置集合和该搜索空间内的多个物理下行控制信道资源对应的时频位置。例如,搜索空间定义物理下行控制信道传输周期,即该搜索空间内物理下行控制信道时机的周期。一个物理下行控制信道实际可以理解为一个物理下行控制信道在时域上的而检测点或检测时段。例如,以一个时间单元为时隙为例,一个物理下行控制信道传输周期包含P个时隙。进一步,搜索空间指示物理下行控制信道传输周期的起始时隙的偏移值,例如为S,则一个物理下行控制信道传输周期对应一个时间窗,起始时隙编号为S+P*n,结束时隙编号为S+P*(n+1)-1,其中n为正整数,P为正整数。进一步,搜索空间指示物理下行控制信道传输周期内哪几个连续时隙上有物理下行控制信道时机,以及在这些时隙的哪些符号上有物理下行控制信道时机。
本申请中,网络设备向终端设备指示至少两个可用于下行传输的波束。该至少两个可用于下行传输的波束可以是至少两个下行公共波束,或者至少两个上下行公共波束,或者,包括至少一个下行公共波束和至少一个上下行公共波束。该至少两个可用于下行传输的波束可以用于物理下行控制信道、物理下行共享信道、和/或、信道状态信息参考信号的传输。下述实施例以网络设备向终端设备指示第一波束和第二波束为例介绍终端设备将网络设备指示的波束正确的应用到对应的物理下行控制信道传输的传输的方案。
需要说明的是,当一个TRP为终端设备提供服务时,本申请中的网络设备可以理解为该TRP,或者包括该TRP的逻辑上的设备。当多个TRP为终端设备提供服务时,本申请中的网络设备可以理解为该多个TRP中的一个TRP,或者包括该多个TRP的逻辑上的设备,具体本申请不做限定。网络设备与终端设备之间可以执行本申请提供的方法。后文关于网络设备的形态不再赘述。
本申请中,控制资源集合对应的波束参数用于确定该控制资源集合采用的波束。例如,波束参数用于该控制资源集合采用当前生效的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中的第一个,或第二个,或采用第一个和第二个。波束参数也可以称为波束关联参数,或者波束相关参数,或者其他名称,具体本申请对波束参数的名称不做限定。
本申请中,控制资源集合采用的波束也可以替换描述为:控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的波束。
本申请中,如果控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是缺省的,则该控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为该控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。如果控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置的,则该控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为该控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值。
下面结合具体实施例介绍本申请的技术方案。
图3为本申请实施例波束确定方法的第一种实施例示意图。请参阅图3,方法包括:
301、终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束。
第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。即第一波束和第二波束均为可用于下行传输的公共波束。可选的,第一波束和第二波束是网络设备向终端设备指示的。关于公共波束请参阅前述技术术语的相关介绍。例如,第一波束和第二波束可以是网络设备向终端设备指示的两个下行公共波束。或者,第一波束和第二波束可以是网络设备向终端设备指示的一个下行公共波束和一个上下行公共波束。或者,第一波束和第二波束可以是网络设备向终端设备指示的两个上下行公共波束。
本申请中,第一波束和第二波束是不同TRP采用的波束。例如,如图4所示,在终端设备与多TRP进行传输的场景下,第一TRP采用第一波束与终端设备进行传输,第二TRP采用第二波束与终端设备进行传输。
下面介绍第一波束和第二波束的一些区分方式。可选的,第一波束和第二波束包括以下任一项:
1、第一波束是该两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较小的波束,第二波束是该两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较大的波束,即第一波束的索引小于第二波束的索引;或者,第一波束是该两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较大的波束,第二波束是该两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较小的波束,即第一波束的索引大于第二波束的索引。
2、第一波束是该两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠前的波束,第二波束是该两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠后的波束,即第一波束的配置顺序先于第二波束的配置顺序;或者,第一波束是该两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠后的波束,第二波束是该两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠前的波束,即第一波束的配置顺序后于第二波束的配置顺序。
具体的,波束的配置顺序可以理解为该波束在网络设备为终端设备配置的波束列表中的排列顺序。该波束列表包括网络设备为终端设备配置的同一类型的多个波束,具体包括第一波束和第二波束。例如,beam list{beam0,beam2,beam3}。beam0的配置顺序最靠前,beam3的配置顺序最靠后。
3、第一波束属于第一波束集合,第二波束属于第二波束集合。
第一波束集合和第二波束集合是网络设备为终端设备配置的两个同一类型的波束集合。例如,第一波束集合和第二波束集合都是下行公共波束集合,或者第一波束集合和第二波束集合都是上下行公共波束集合。另外,第一波束集合和第二波束集合还可以一个是下行公共波束集合,另一个是上下行公共波束集合。第一波束集合为上述两个波束集合中索引较小的波束集合,第二波束集合为上述两个波束集合中索引较大的波束集合,即第一波束集合的索引小于第二波束集合的索引;或者,第一波束集合为上述两个波束集合中索引较大的波束集合,第二波束集合为上述两个波束集合中索引较小的波束集合,即第一波束集合的索引大于第二波束集合的索引;或者,第一波束集合为上述两个波束集合中配置顺序较靠前的波束集合,第二波束集合为上述两个波束集合中配置顺序较靠后的波束集合,即第一波束集合的配置顺序先于第二波束集合的配置顺序;或者,第一波束集合是上述两个波束集合中配置顺序较靠后的波束集合,第二波束集合是上述两个波束集合中配置顺序较靠前的波束集合,第一波束集合的配置顺序后于第二波束集合的配置顺序。
需要说明的是,可选的,第一波束集合对应第一TRP,第二波束集合对应第二TRP。也就是第一波束集合包括网络设备为终端设备配置的用于第一TRP与终端设备进行通信传输的波束。第二波束集合包括网络设备为终端设备配置的用于第二TRP与终端设备进行通信传输的波束。
4、第一波束属于第一波束组,第二波束属于第二波束组。一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束组和 第二波束组是网络设备通过MAC CE激活的两个同一类型的波束组。例如,第一波束组和第二波束组都是下行公共波束组,或者第一波束集合和第二波束集合都是上下行公共波束组。另一种可能的实现方式中,第一波束集合和第二波束集合还可以一个是下行公共波束组,另一个是上下行公共波束组。
可选的,第一波束组是上述两个波束组(即第一波束组和第二波束组)中索引较小的波束组,第二波束组是上述两个波束组中索引较大的波束组,即第一波束组的索引小于第二波束组的索引。或者,第一波束组是上述两个波束组中索引较大的波束组,第二波束组是上述两个波束组中索引较小的波束组,即第一波束组的索引大于第二波束组的索引。或者,第一波束组是上述两个波束组中在MAC CE中激活顺序较靠前的波束组,第二波束组是上述两个波束组中在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠后的波束组,第一波束组的激活顺序先于第二波束组的激活顺序。或者,第一波束组是上述两个波束组中在MAC CE中激活顺序较靠后的波束组,第二波束组是上述两个波束组中在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠前的波束组,即第一波束组的激活顺序后于第二波束组的激活顺序。
5、第一波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的TCI字段值较小的波束,第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的TCI字段值较大的波束,即第一波束对应的TCI字段值小于第二波束对应的TCI字段值;或者,第一波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的TCI字段值较大的波束,第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的TCI字段值较小的波束,即第一波束对应的TCI字段值大于第二波束对应的TCI字段值。
具体的,网络设备通过DCI中的TCI字段向终端设备指示波束。例如,网络设备发送两个DCI,其中TCI字段的取值较小的DCI指示的是第一波束,TCI字段的取值较大的DCI指示的是第二波束。也就是用于指示第一波束的TCI字段的取值小于用于指示第二波束的TCI字段的取值;或者,TCI字段的取值较大的DCI指示的是第一波束,TCI字段的取值较小的DCI指示的是第二波束。也就是用于指示第一波束的TCI字段的取值大于用于指示第二波束的TCI字段的取值。
6、第一波束是DCI中的第一个传输配置指示TCI字段指示的波束,第二波束是DCI中的第二个TCI字段指示的波束。
其中,第一个TCI字段对应第一波束组,第二个TCI字段对应第二波束组。终端设备通过第一个TCI字段的字段值从第一波束组中确定第一波束,通过第二个TCI字段的字段值从第二波束组中确定第二波束。其中,第二个TCI字段不是总是存在的,DCI中是否存在第二个TCI字段,由配置信息决定。例如,当配置了两个控制资源集合分组的情况下,第二个TCI字段不存在。又例如,当配置了单个控制资源集合分组且配置了采用两个同一类型的公共波束的情况下,第二个TCI字段存在。
具体的,该DCI包括多个TCI字段,按照顺序解读该DCI中的TCI字段,首个读取到的TCI字段则可以认为是该DCI中的第一个TCI字段,第二个读取到的TCI字段则可以认为是该DCI中的第二个TCI字段。DCI中的第一个TCI字段指示的波束是第一波束,该DCI中的第二个TCI字段指示的波束是第二波束。
可选的,该DCI的第一个TCI字段和第二个TCI字段可以理解为是同一TCI字段中的两个不同子字段,或同一个TCI字段的前一部分比特和后一部分比特。
7、第一波束是网络设备通过DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第一部分字段值对应的波束,第二波束是该网络设备通过该DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第二部分字段值对应的波束。
其中,第一部分字段值对应第一波束组,第二部分字段值对应第二波束组。终端设备通过第一部分字段值从第一波束组中确定第一波束,通过第二部分字段值从第二波束组中确定第二波束。
具体的,该DCI中的一个TCI字段的所有字段值划分为两部分,包括第一部分字段值和第二部分字段值。可选的,第一部分字段值为字段值相对较小的部分字段值,第二部分字段值为字段值相对较大的部分字段值。例如,第一部分字段值为字段值0至字段值3,第二部分字段值为字段值4至字段值7。或者,第一部分字段值为偶数字段值,第二部分字段值为奇数字段值。例如,第一部分字段值为偶数,第二部分字段值为奇数。或者,第一部分字段值为奇数字段值,第二部分字段值为偶数字段值。也就是说如果一个DCI中的TCI字段的取值为第一部分字段值,则表示该DCI指示的是第一波束。如果一个DCI中的TCI字段的取值为第二部分字段值,则表示该DCI指示的是第二波束。
8、第一波束和第二波束是网络设备通过DCI中同一TCI字段指示的两个可用于下行传输的波束,例如,两个下行公共波束,或两个上下行公共波束,或一个下行公共波束和一个上下行公共波束。其中,第一波束是上述两个可用于下行传输的波束中的第一个波束,第二波束是上述两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,第一波束是上述两个可用于下行传输的波束中,在MAC CE格式上排序较靠前的波束,第二波束是上述两个可用于下行传输的波束中,在MAC CE格式上排序较靠后的波束,即第一波束在MAC CE格式上的排序先于第二波束在MAC CE格式上的排序;或者,第一波束是上述两个可用于下行传输的波束中,在MAC CE格式上排序较靠后的波束,第二波束是两个同一类型的波束中,在MAC CE格式上排序较靠前的波束,即第一波束在MAC CE格式上的排序后于第二波束在MAC CE格式上的排序。
9、第一波束是第一DCI指示的波束,第二波束是第二DCI指示的波束。
一种可能的实现方式中,第一DCI用于网络设备向终端设备指示第一波束,第二DCI用于网络设备向终端设备指示第二波束。第一DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示第一DCI指示的波束是第一波束,第二DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示第二DCI指示的波束是第二波束。
第一DCI和第二DCI可以通过DCI中的一个字段或该DCI中的一个字段的部分比特(如TCI字段的第一个比特或最后一个比特)来区分。例如,如果一个DCI中的TCI字段的第一个比特的取值等于0,则该DCI为第一DCI。如果一个DCI中的TCI字段的第一个比特的取值等于1,则该DCI为第二DCI。又例如,如果一个DCI中的一个1比特字段的取值等于0,则该DCI为第一DCI;如果该1比特字段的取值等于1,则该DCI为第二DCI。或者说,DCI中存在一个字段或一个字段的部分比特用于指示该DCI指示的是第一波束还是第二波束。该一个字段或一个字段的部分比特取值为第一值时,如取值等于0时,表示该DCI指示的是第一波束,也就是该DCI为第一DCI。该一个字段或一个字段的部分比特取值为第二值时,如取值等于1时,表示该DCI指示的是第二波束,也就是该DCI为第二DCI。又例如,如果一个DCI中的一个字段或一个字段的部分比特取值为第一值时,如取值等于0时,该DCI中的TCI字段对应第一波束组,终端设备通过该TCI字段的字段值从第一波束组中确定第一波束。也就是该DCI为第一DCI。如果一个DCI中的一个字段或一个字段的部分比特取值为第二值时,如取值等于1时,该DCI中的TCI字段对应第二波束组,终端设备通过该TCI字段的字段值从第二波束组中确定第二波束。也就是该DCI为第二DCI。
上述实现方式中,第一波束组和第二波束组是通过单个MAC CE激活的两个波束组。或者,第一波束组和第二波束组是通过两个独立的MAC CE分别激活的两个波束组。该MAC CE中包括一个字段,该字段的取值为第一值时,例如取值为0时,表明该MAC CE指示的波束组为第一波束组。该字段的取值为第二值时,例如取值为1时,表明该MAC CE指示的波束组为第二波束组;
另一种可能的实现中,第一DCI和第二DCI可以通过承载PDCCH对应的控制资源集合分组来区分。第一DCI是网络设备为终端设备配置的两个控制资源集合分组中第一控制资源集合分组对应的PDCCH承载的DCI,第二DCI是两个控制资源集合分组中第二控制资源集合分组对应的PDCCH承载的DCI。
第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数用于确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数用于确定第二控制资源集合采用的波束。
第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用公共波束。第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合。或者说,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输。
可选的,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个搜索空间分别关联的控制资源集合。或者说,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合分别关联不同的搜索空间。
具体的,该两个搜索空间关联同一关联标识,用于表示该两个搜索空间用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输。而第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是该两个搜索空间分别关联的控制资源集合。由此可知,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输。
下面介绍第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合的一些区分方式。可选的,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合包括以下任一项:
1、第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个 控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的索引小于第二控制资源集合的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的索引大于第二控制资源集合的索引。
2、第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的配置顺序先于第二控制资源集合的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合的配置顺序后于第二控制资源集合的配置顺序。
3、第一控制资源集合是该两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是该两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引小于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引;或者,第一控制资源集合是该两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是该两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引大于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的索引。
4、第一控制资源集合是该两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是该两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序先于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序;或者,第一控制资源集合是该两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,第二控制资源集合是该两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序后于第二控制资源集合关联的搜索空间的配置顺序。
可选的,第一控制资源集合采用的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的波束不同。
可选的,对于该第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中的任一个控制资源集合,当该控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值时,该控制资源集合采用第一波束。或者,当该控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值时,该控制资源集合采用第二波束。例如,第一值为0,第二值为1。
可选的,对于该第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中的任一个控制资源集合,当该控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值时,该控制资源集合采用第一波束。或者,当该控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值时,该控制资源集合采用第二波束。或者,当该控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第三值时,该控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束。例如,第一值为0,第二值为1,第三值为2。
例如,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值时,终端设备确定该第一控制资源集合采用第一波束。或者,当该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值时,终端设备确定该第二控制资源集合采用第二波束。或者,当该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第三值时,终端设备确定该第二控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束。对于第二控制资源集合同样类似,终端设备可以集合第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定该第二控制资源集合采用的波束。
可选的,第一控制资源集合采用的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的波束不同。例如,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束,第二控制资源集合采用第二波束。或者,第一控制资源集合采用第二波束,第二控制资源集合采用第一波束。
可选的,第一控制资源集合采用的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的波束属于不同的波束集合或者不同的TCI状态集合。例如,第一控制资源集合采用的波束属于第一波束集合,第二控制资源集合采用的波束属于第二波束集合。第一波束集合和第二波束集合可以是网络设备为终端设备配置的两个波束集合,或者是网络设备为终端设备激活的两个波束集合。第一波束集合对应第一TRP,第二波束集合对应第二TRP。如图4所示,在终端设备与多TRP进行传输的场景下,终端设备通过第一波束与第一TRP进行第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道的传输。终端设备通过第二波束与第二TRP进行第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道的传输。从而实现通过不同的TRP进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,提升通信传输的可靠性。
本申请中,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值可以是网络设备配置或指示的,或者是缺省的。下面介绍三种可能的情形。
情形一:第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置或指示的。
在情形一中,网络设备为第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合都显式配置或指示了波束参数的取值。
一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备通过RRC消息为第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合分别配置波束参数的取值。进一步的,可选的,该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数可以包含于该第一控制资源集合的配置信息中。该第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数可以包含于该第二控制资源集合的配置信息中。
另一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备通过MAC CE分别为第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合指示波束参数的取值。
在该情形一下,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数满足以下至少一项:
1、第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都不为第三值。
具体的,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合分别对应的波束参数的取值都不能配置或指示为第三值,即不能配置第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束,以及不能配置第二控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束。从而实现从配置角度约束第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值。换句话说,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合的波束参数的取值只能是第一值和第二值中的一个。
2、第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值不相同。
具体的,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合分别对应的波束参数的取值必须是不同的。即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合不能采用完全相同的公共波束。而第一波束对应的第一TRP,第二波束对应的第二TRP。第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输。从而实现通过不同TRP与终端设备进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,从而实现可靠性传输,有利于提升通信传输性能。
3、第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值,另外一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值。
具体的,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合采用第一波束,另外一个控制资源集合采用第二波束。从而实现通过不同TRP与终端设备进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,从而实现可靠性传输,有利于提升通信传输性能。
4、第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值。也就是规定第一控制资源集合采用第一波束,第二控制资源集合采用第二波束。
5、第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值。也就是规定第一控制资源集合采用第二波束,第二控制资源集合采用第一波束。
在情形一下,网络设备在为第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合配置或指示波束参数的取值时,需要满足上述示出的一项或多项。从而实现通过不同TRP与终端设备进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,从而实现可靠性传输,有利于提升通信传输性能。
情形二:第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是缺省的,另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置的。
可选的,网络设备通过RRC消息为该终端设备配置该另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值。进一步的,可选的,该另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数可以包含于该另一个控制资源集合的配置信息中。
在情形二下,该其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是根据该另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的。
具体的,在该情形二下,终端设备需要确定该其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。该默认取值取决于该另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值。
例如,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置的,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是缺省的。终端设备需要确定第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。该默认取值是根据该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的。具体的,如果第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值配置为第一值,那么第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值。如果第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值配置为第二值,那么第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值。
例如,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置的,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是缺省的。终端设备需要确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。该默认取值是根据第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的。具体的,如果第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值配置为第一值,那么第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值。如果第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值配置为第二值,那么第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值。
在情形二中,也就是说,如果第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,一个控制资源集合被配置采用第一波束,另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省(未配置)时,该另一个控制资源集合默认采用第二波束。或者,如果第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中,一个控制资源集合被配置采用第二波束,另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省(未配置)时,该另一个控制资源集合默认采用第一波束。
在情形二中,可选的,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合分别对应的波束参数的取值不为第三值。
通过上述情形二示出的方式,即使第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中存在单个控制资源集合对应的波束参数是缺省的,也可以始终保证两个控制资源集合采用的公共波束始终分别是第一波束和第二波束。从而始终实现基于不同波束的物理下行控制信道的重复高可靠传输。
情形三:第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都是缺省的。
第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值;或者,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值。
在情形三中,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合分别对应的波束参数的取值都是未显式配置的。终端设备可以通过第一规则唯一确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值以及第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。第一规则包括:第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值;或者,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值,第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值。换句话说,在该情形三下,第一控制资源集合默认采用第一波束,第二控制资源集合默认采用第二波束;或者,第一控制资源集合默认采用第二波束,第二控制资源集合默认采用第一波束。
通过上述示出的方法,对于第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,提供了三种可能的情形,并分别提供了相应的配置或指示约束以及对于缺省的波束参数的默认取值的确定方法。从而实现在上述情形中的任一种情形下,终端设备都能确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束。并且,始终保证第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合采用的公共波束始终分别是第一波束和第二波束。从而始终实现基于不同波束的物理下行控制信道的重复高可靠传输。
可选的,上述步骤301具体包括:当满足第一条件时,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束。换句话说,只有当第一条件满足时,终端设备才采用上述步骤301所示的方法确定第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合分别采用的波束。
其中,第一条件包括以下至少一项或多项的组合:
1、第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合都采用公共波束。可选的,网络设备配置第一控制资源 集合和第二控制资源集合均采用公共波束。或者,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合都默认采用公共波束。
可选的,进一步限定只有第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合都配置为采用公共波束时,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束,以及根据第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第二控制资源集合采用的波束。而第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值应当满足上述情形一至情形三中的其中一种情形示出的约束条件。
需要说明的是,对于一个控制资源集合,如果采用公共波束,则该控制资源集合采用网络设备配置的其中一个公共波束。如果不采用公共波束,则该控制资源集合采用网络设备为终端设备单独指示的专用波束,而非公共波束。
可选的,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合中各个控制资源集合都有一个对应的公共波束指示参数,用于指示该控制资源集合是否采用公共波束。公共波束指示参数也可以称为波束指示参数,或者其他名称,具体本申请对该公共波束指示参数的名称不做限定。在本实施例中,第一控制资源集合对应的公共波束指示参数用于指示第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合对应的公共波束指示参数用于指示第二控制资源集合采用公共波束。
2、网络设备为终端设备配置了公共波束。
3、网络设备为终端设备配置了两组可用于下行传输的公共波束。
4、网络设备为终端设备配置的所有控制资源集合关联的控制资源集合池索引值相同。或者,网络设备为终端设备配置的所有控制资源集合关联同一控制资源集合池。换句话说,网络设备没有为终端设备配置属于两个不同的控制资源集合池的控制资源集合。
例如,该终端设备的所有控制资源集合关联的控制资源集合池索引值都配置为0,或都配置为1,或其中一部分配置为0,另外一部分未被配置(未配置控制资源集合池索引值的控制资源集合的默认取值为0)。
可选的,网络设备向终端设备指示该第一波束和第二波束,包括:网络设备向终端设备指示第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。如果终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第一控制资源集合采用第一TCI状态对应的接收波束(即第一波束),以及根据第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第二控制资源集合采用第二TCI状态对应的接收波束(即第二波束),那么终端设备通过该第一TCI状态确定接收该第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的接收波束(即第一波束),以及通过第二TCI状态确定接收该第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的接收波束(即第二波束)。反之,如果终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第一控制资源集合采用第二TCI状态对应的接收波束(即第二波束),以及根据第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第二控制资源集合采用第一TCI状态对应的接收波束(即第一波束),那么终端设备通过该第二TCI状态确定接收该第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的接收波束(即第二波束),以及通过第一TCI状态确定接收该第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的接收波束(即第一波束)。
除了通过上述波束参数来配置一个控制资源集合采用哪个公共波束以外,也可以对控制资源集合进行分组,属于第一组的控制资源集合采用第一波束,属于第二组的控制资源集合采用第二波束,同时属于两个组的控制资源集合同时采用第一波束和第二波束。
302、网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束。
步骤302与前述步骤301类似,具体可以参阅前述步骤301的相关介绍。
需要说明的是,步骤301和步骤302之间没有固定的执行顺序。可以先执行步骤301,再执行步骤302;或者,先执行步骤302,再执行步骤301;或者,依据情况同时执行步骤301和步骤302,具体本申请不做限定。
可选的,网络设备向终端设备指示该第一波束和第二波束,包括:网络设备向终端设备指示第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。如果网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第一控制资源集合采用 第一TCI状态对应的发送波束(即第一波束),以及网络设备根据第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第二控制资源集合采用第二TCI状态对应的发送波束(即第二波束),那么网络设备根据第一TCI状态确定发送该第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的发送波束,以及根据第二TCI状态确定发送该第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的发送波束。反之,如果网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第一控制资源集合采用第二TCI状态对应的发送波束(即第二波束),以及网络设备根据第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第二控制资源集合采用第一TCI状态对应的发送波束(即第一波束),那么网络设备根据第二TCI状态确定发送该第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的发送波束,以及根据第一TCI状态确定发送该第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的发送波束。
303、网络设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束向终端设备发送第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束向终端设备发送第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。相应的,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
例如,如图4所示,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束,第二控制资源集合采用第二波束。第一波束对应第一TRP,第二波束对应第二TRP。网络设备包括第一TRP和第二TRP。终端设备通过第一波束接收来自第一TRP的第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。终端设备通过第二波束接收来自第二TRP的第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。从而实现通过不同TRP与终端设备进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,从而实现可靠性传输,有利于提升通信传输性能。
本申请实施例中,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束。第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合。终端设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束接收第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。从而实现终端设备正确的将网络设备指示的波束应用于对应的控制资源集合对应的信道上,以便于控制资源集合对应的信道采用正确的波束进行传输,从而提升通信传输性能。另一方面,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束以及根据第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数确定第二控制资源集合采用的波束。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,从而降低波束指示的开销。
图5为本申请实施例波束确定方法的第二种实施例示意图。请参阅图5,方法包括:
501、终端设备确定网络设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合。
第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合。即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输。第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束。也就是第二控制资源集合不采用公共波束,而采用网络设备为终端设备指示的专用波束。
关于第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合的一些可能的区分方式请参阅前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤301的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。
502、当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,终端设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。
具体的,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,终端设备可以根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。或者说,终端设备可以根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束从第一波束和第二波束中确定该第一控制资源集合采用的波束。关于第一波束和第二波束请参阅前述图3所述的实施例中的步骤301的相关介绍。
可选的,网络设备为终端设备配置或激活两个可用于下行传输的波束集合或TCI状态集合。第一控制资源集合采用的公共波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于不同的波束集合。或者说,第一控 制资源集合采用的公共波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于不同的TCI状态集合。也就是该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于不同的波束集合。例如,如果第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于第一波束集合时,第一控制资源集合的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束是第一波束和第二波束中属于第二波束集合的波束。或者,如果第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于第二波束集合时,第一控制资源集合的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束是第一波束和第二波束中属于第一波束集合的波束。换句话说,如果第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于第一波束集合时,第一控制资源集合采用的波束是第一波束和第二波束中属于第二波束集合的波束。或者,如果第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于第二波束集合时,第一控制资源集合采用的波束是第一波束和第二波束中属于第一波束集合的波束。
关于第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束请参阅后文步骤503的相关介绍。
例如,第一控制资源集合采用的波束属于第一波束集合,第二控制资源集合采用的波束属于第二波束集合。第一波束集合和第二波束集合可以是网络设备为终端设备配置的两个波束集合,或者是网络设备为终端设备激活的两个波束集合。第一波束集合对应第一TRP,第二波束集合对应第二TRP。如图4所示,在终端设备与多TRP进行传输的场景下,终端设备通过第一波束与第一TRP进行第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道的传输。终端设备通过第二波束与第二TRP进行第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道的传输。从而实现通过不同的TRP与终端设备进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,提升通信传输的可靠性。
503、终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。
其中,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。关于第一波束和第二波束请参阅前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤301的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。
可选的,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束,也就是该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束为第一波束。或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值时,第一控制资源集合采用第二波束,也就是该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束为第二波束。或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第三值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束,也就是该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束为第一波束和第二波束。
可选的,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是第一值和第二值中的一个,并且第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于不同的波束集合。该两个不同的波束集合是网络设备为终端设备配置或激活的两个波束。
例如,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值,可知该默认取值所指示的波束为第一波束。第一波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于不同的波束集合。而该不同的波束集合对应不同的TRP,从而实现通过不同的TRP进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,提升通信传输的可靠性。
可选的,网络设备向终端设备指示该第一波束和第二波束,包括:网络设备向终端设备指示第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。如果终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值确定第一控制资源集合采用第一TCI状态对应的接收波束(即第一波束),那么终端设备通过该第一TCI状态确定接收该第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的接收波束(即第一波束)。反之,如果终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值确定第一控制资源集合采用第二TCI状态对应的接收波束(即第二波束),那么终端设备通过该第二TCI状态确定接收该第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的接收波束(即第二波束)。
504、网络设备确定为终端设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合。
505、当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,网络设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。
506、终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。
需要说明的是,步骤501至步骤503与步骤504至步骤506之间没有固定的执行顺序。可以先执行步骤501至步骤503,再执行步骤504至步骤506;或者,可以先执行步骤504至步骤506,再执行步骤501至步骤503;或者,依据情况同时执行步骤501至步骤503以及步骤504至步骤506,具体本申请不做限定。
可选的,网络设备向终端设备指示该第一波束和第二波束,包括:网络设备向终端设备指示第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。如果网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值确定第一控制资源集合采用第一TCI状态对应的发送波束(即第一波束),那么网络设备根据第一TCI状态确定发送该第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的发送波束。反之,如果网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值确定第二控制资源集合采用第二TCI状态对应的发送波束(即第二波束),那么网络设备根据第二TCI状态确定发送该第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的发送波束。
507、网络设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束向终端设备发送第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。相应的,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
例如,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束。第一波束对应第一TRP,专用波束对应第二TRP。网络设备包括第一TRP和第二TRP。终端设备通过第一波束接收来自第一TRP的第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。终端设备通过专用波束接收来自第二TRP的第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。从而实现通过不同TRP与终端设备进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,从而实现可靠性传输,有利于提升通信传输性能。
本申请实施例中,终端设备确定网络设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合。其中,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合。第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束。当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,终端设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值。终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。从而实现终端设备正确的将网络设备指示的波束应用于对应的控制资源集合对应的信道上,以便于控制资源集合对应的信道采用正确的波束进行传输,从而提升通信传输性能。另一方面,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,从而降低波束指示的开销。
图6为本申请实施例波束确定方法的第三种实施例示意图。请参阅图6,方法包括:
601、网络设备确定为终端设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合。
第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合。即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输。第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束。也就是第二控制资源集合不采用公共波束,而采用网络设备为终端设备指示的专用波束。
关于第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合的一些可能的区分方式请参阅前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤301的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。
602、网络设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值。
上述步骤602中,网络设备为第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数配置的取值,需要参考第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束。
具体的,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是网络设备配置的。网络设备可以根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值。或者说,网络设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束从第一波束和第二波束中确定该第一控制资源集合采用的波束。关于第一波束和第二波束请参阅前述图3所述的实施例中的步骤301的相关介绍。
可选的,网络设备为终端设备配置或激活两个可用于下行传输的波束集合或TCI状态集合。第一控 制资源集合采用的公共波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于不同的波束集合。或者说,第一控制资源集合采用的公共波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于不同的TCI状态集合。也就是该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值所指示的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于不同的波束集合。例如,如果第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于第一波束集合时,网络设备为第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数配置的取值所指示的波束是第一波束和第二波束中属于第二波束集合的波束。或者,如果第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于第二波束集合时,网络设备为第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数配置的取值所指示的波束是第一波束和第二波束中属于第一波束集合的波束。
关于第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值所指示的波束请参阅后文步骤603的相关介绍。
例如,第一控制资源集合采用的波束属于第一波束集合,第二控制资源集合采用的波束属于第二波束集合。第一波束集合和第二波束集合可以是网络设备为终端设备配置的两个波束集合,或者是网络设备为终端设备激活的两个波束集合。第一波束集合对应第一TRP,第二波束集合对应第二TRP。如图4所示,在终端设备与多TRP进行传输的场景下,终端设备通过第一波束与第一TRP进行第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道的传输。终端设备通过第二波束与第二TRP进行第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道的传输。从而实现通过不同的TRP与终端设备进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,提升通信传输的可靠性。
603、网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。
其中,第一波束和第二波束是网络设备向终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。关于第一波束和第二波束请参阅前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤301的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。
可选的,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第一值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束,也就是说该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值所指示的波束为第一波束。或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第二值时,第一控制资源集合采用所述第二波束,也就是该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值所指示的波束为第二波束。或者,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第三值时,第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束,也就是该第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值所指示的波束为第一波束和第二波束。
可选的,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值是第一值和第二值中的一个,并且第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值所指示的波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合。两个不同的波束集合是网络设备为终端设备配置的或激活的两个波束集合。
例如,第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第一值,可知该配置值所指示的波束为第一波束。第一波束与第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束属于不同的波束集合。而该不同的波束集合对应不同的TRP,从而实现通过不同的TRP进行物理下行控制信道的重复传输,提升通信传输的可靠性。
可选的,网络设备向终端设备指示该第一波束和第二波束,包括:网络设备向终端设备指示第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。如果网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值确定第一控制资源集合采用第一TCI状态对应的波束(即第一波束),那么网络设备通过该第一TCI状态确定发送该第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的发送波束。反之,如果网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值确定第二控制资源集合采用第二TCI状态对应的波束(即第二波束),那么网络设备通过该第二TCI状态确定发送该第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的发送波束。
604、终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束。
其中,第一波束和第二波束是网络设备向终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。关于第一波束和第二波束请参阅前述图3所示的实施例中的步骤301中的相关介绍。
可选的,当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第一值时,终端设备确定第一控制资源集合采用第一波束。当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第二值时,终端设备确定第一控制资源集合采用所述第二波束;当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第三值时,终端设备确定第一控制资源集合采用第一波束和第二波束。
步骤604与前述步骤603类似,具体可以参阅前述步骤603的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。
可选的,网络设备向终端设备指示该第一波束和第二波束,包括:网络设备向终端设备指示第一TCI状态和第二TCI状态。如果终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值确定第一控制资源集合采用第一TCI状态对应的接收波束(即第一波束),那么终端设备通过该第一TCI状态确定接收该第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的接收波束(即第一波束)。反之,如果终端设备根据第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值确定第二控制资源集合采用第二TCI状态对应的接收波束(即第二波束),那么终端设备通过该第二TCI状态确定接收该第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的接收波束。
605、网络设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束向终端设备发送第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。相应的,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
步骤605与前述图5所示的实施例中的步骤507类似,具体可以参阅前述图5所示的实施例中的步骤507的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。
本申请实施例中,网络设备确定为终端设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合。第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合。第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束。网络设备根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值。网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值从第一波束和第二波束中确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束。第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。从而实现网络设备正确的确定该第一控制资源集合采用的波束,便于将该波束应用于第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道上,以便于第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用正确的波束进行传输,从而提升通信传输性能。另一方面,终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值确定该第一控制资源集合采用的波束。无需网络设备向终端设备指示各个控制资源集合采用的波束,从而降低波束指示的开销。
需要说明的是,上述图3、图5和图6所示的实施例中是以终端设备和网络设备确定第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的波束和/或第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道采用的波束为例介绍本申请的技术方案。实际应用中,本申请的技术方案也适用于终端设备或网络设备确定其他信道采用的波束或其他参考信号采用的波束。例如,其他信道包括物理上行控制信道、物理上行共享信道、物理下行共享信道、SRS、CSI-RS。
例如,第一物理上行控制信道和第二物理上行控制信道是关联传输的两个物理上行控制信道。例如,该第一物理上行控制信道和第二物理上行控制信道用于重复传输。终端设备和网络设备可以通过上述技术方案分别确定第一物理上行控制信道采用的波束和第二物理上行控制信道采用的波束。然后,终端设备根据该第一物理上行控制信道采用的波束向网络设备发送第一物理上行控制信道,以及根据该第二物理上行控制信道采用的波束向网络设备发送第二物理上行控制信道。相应的,网络设备根据该第一物理上行控制信道采用的波束接收来自终端设备的第一物理上行控制信道,以及根据该第二物理上行控制信道采用的波束接收来自终端设备的第二物理上行控制信道。
例如,第一物理上行共享信道和第二物理上行共享信道是关联传输的两个物理上行共享信道。例如,该第一物理上行共享信道和第二物理上行共享信道用于重复传输。终端设备和网络设备可以通过上述技术方案分别确定第一物理上行共享信道采用的波束和第二物理上行共享信道采用的波束。然后,终端设备根据该第一物理上行共享信道采用的波束向网络设备发送第一物理上行共享信道,以及根据该第二物理上行共享信道采用的波束向网络设备发送第二物理上行共享信道。相应的,网络设备根据该第一物理上行共享信道采用的波束接收来自终端设备的第一物理上行共享信道,以及根据该第二物理上行共享信道采用的波束接收来自终端设备的第二物理上行共享信道。
例如,第一SRS和第二SRS是关联传输的两个SRS。或者,第一SRS集合和第二SRS集合是关联传输的两个SRS集合。例如,该第一SRS集合和第二SRS集合是两个同一类型的SRS集合,如两个码本(codebook)类型的SRS集合,两个非码本(noncodebook)类型的SRS集合,两个天线切换(antenna  switch)类型的SRS集合或两个波束管理(beam management)类型的SRS集合。又例如,第一SRS和第二SRS是分别属于两个同一类型的SRS集合的SRS。终端设备和网络设备可以通过上述技术方案分别确定第一SRS采用的波束和第二SRS采用的波束。然后,终端设备根据该第一SRS采用的波束向网络设备发送第一SRS,以及根据该第二SRS采用的波束向网络设备发送第二SRS。相应的,网络设备根据该第一SRS采用的波束接收来自终端设备的第一SRS,以及根据该第二SRS采用的波束接收来自终端设备的第二SRS。例如,终端设备和网络设备可以通过上述技术方案分别确定第一SRS集合采用的波束和第二SRS集合采用的波束。然后,终端设备根据该第一SRS集合采用的波束向网络设备发送第一SRS集合对应的参考信号,以及根据该第二SRS集合采用的波束向网络设备发送第二SRS集合对应的参考信号。相应的,网络设备根据第一SRS集合采用的波束接收来自终端设备的第一SRS集合对应的参考信号,以及根据第二SRS集合采用的波束接收来自终端设备的第二SRS集合对应的参考信号。
例如,第一物理下行共享信道和第二物理下行共享信道是关联传输的两个物理下行共享信道。例如,该第一物理下行共享信道和第二物理下行共享信道用于重复传输。终端设备和网络设备可以通过上述技术方案分别确定第一物理下行共享信道采用的波束和第二物理下行共享信道采用的波束。然后,网络设备根据第一物理下行共享信道采用的波束向终端设备发送第一物理下行共享信道,以及根据第二物理下行共享信道采用的波束向终端设备发送第二物理下行共享信道。相应的,终端设备根据该第一物理下行共享信道采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第一物理下行共享信道,以及根据第二物理下行共享信道采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第二物理下行共享信道。
例如,第一CSI-RS和第二CSI-RS是关联传输的两个CSI-RS。第一CSI-RS集合和第二CSI-RS集合是关联传输的两个CSI-RS集合。例如,该第一CSI-RS集合和第二CSI-RS集合是用于联合测量的两个CSI-RS集合。又例如,第一CSI-RS和第二CSI-RS是用于联合测量的两个CSI-RS,或第一CSI-RS和第二CSI-RS是分别属于两个用于联合测量的两个CSI-RS集合的CSI-RS资源。终端设备和网络设备可以通过上述技术方案分别确定第一CSI-RS采用的波束和第二CSI-RS采用的波束。然后,网络设备根据该第一CSI-RS采用的波束向终端设备发送第一CSI-RS,以及根据第二CSI-RS采用的波束向终端设备发送第二CSI-RS。相应的,终端设备根据该第一CSI-RS采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第一CSI-RS,以及根据该第二CSI-RS采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第二CSI-RS。例如,网络设备根据该第一CSI-RS集合采用的波束向终端设备发送第一CSI-RS集合对应的参考信号,以及根据第二CSI-RS集合采用的波束向终端设备发送第二CSI-RS集合对应的参考信号。相应的,终端设备根据该第一CSI-RS集合采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第一CSI-RS集合对应的参考信号,以及根据该第二CSI-RS集合采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第二CSI-RS集合对应的参考信号。
图7为本申请实施例波束确定方法的第四种实施例示意图。请参阅图7,方法包括:
701、终端设备确定第一测量资源。
其中,第一测量资源是网络设备为终端设备配置的测量资源。
具体的,网络设备为终端设备配置了用于多TRP波束联合测量的测量资源,实现终端设备与多TRP之间进行波束联合测量。该第一测量资源属于该用于多TRP波束联合测量的测量资源。
702、终端设备根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束。
下面介绍上述步骤702中的两种可能的实现方式。对于其他实现方式本申请仍适用,下述实现方式不属于对本申请的限定。
实现方式1:上述步骤702具体包括:终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的预配置波束。
在该实现方式中,网络设备为该第一测量资源预配置了相应的波束。终端设备可以确定该第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的预配置波束。
实现方式2:上述步骤702具体包括:终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。
对于该实现方式,下面结合两种可能的情形介绍第一测量资源对应的默认波束。
情形一:网络设备为终端设备配置了用于多TRP波束联合测量的测量资源,实现终端设备与多TRP之间进行波束联合测量。具体的,网络设备为终端设备配置了至少一个测量上报配置,该测量上报配置 关联的测量资源被配置在两个不同的资源集合(如resource set)中。每个资源集合包含的测量资源对应一个TRP,终端设备通过上述资源集合可以区分对应不同TRP的测量资源。
进一步的,上述测量上报配置中还可以包括一个分组上报配置参数,如基于分组的波束上报-R17(groupBasedBeamReporting-r17)参数,该基于分组的波束上报-R17参数用于表示终端设备需要采用R17协议中的那种分组上报模式。也就是指示终端设备将上述两个资源集合中的测量资源进行配对后上报得到至少一个资源对。并且,终端设备应当确保该至少一个资源对中每个资源对中包含的两个测量资源分别属于上述两个资源集合。并且该两个测量资源对应的测量信号可以被该终端设备同时接收的。
基于情形一,下面介绍终端设备确定第一测量资源对应的默认波束的几种可能的实现方式。
实现方式一:如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束。
其中,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。关于第一波束和第二波束请参阅前述图3所示的实施例的步骤301中关于第一波束和第二波束的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。
具体的,如果该第一测量资源属于上述两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的或配置顺序靠前的资源集合,那么该第一测量资源采用第一波束作为默认波束;如果该第一测量资源属于上述两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的资源集合,那么该第一测量资源采用第二波束作为默认波束。或者,如果该第一测量资源属于上述两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的资源集合,那么该第一测量资源采用第一波束作为默认波束;如果该资源属于上述两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的或配置顺序靠前的资源集合,那么该第一测量资源采用第二波束作为默认波束。
在该实现方式下,可选的,当满足第一条件时,终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。
其中,第一条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:
1、网络设备为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束。
2、网络设备为终端设备指示了两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
3、第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束;
4、第一测量资源为非周期测量资源;
5、第一测量资源占用的起始时间与触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值,例如第一测量资源对应的第一个是与时域符号和触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的最后一个时域符号之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值;
6、第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号。
换言之,可选的,可以规定当满足第二条件时,终端设备才采用上述实现方式1的方式确定第一测量资源对应的默认波束,并确定该第一测量资源采用该第一测量资源对应的默认波束。
实现方式二:终端设备的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应一个波束,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的波束。
其中,该最近一个时隙是指终端设备进行控制资源集合传输的最近一个时隙。例如,当前处于第N+5个时隙,终端设备最近一次接收进行控制资源集合的时隙为第N+3个时隙,那么可知该最近一个时隙为该第N+3个时隙。N为大于或等于0的整数。
实现方式三:终端设备的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集 合对应两个波束。如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二波束。
其中,该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束是网络设备通过MAC CE向终端设备指示的。可选的,该两个波束中的第一个波束为该MAC CE中指示的第一个波束,该两个波束中的第二个波束为该MAC CE中指示的第二个波束。也就是该两个波束的顺序可以按照MAC CE的指示顺序来定义。
具体的,如果该第一测量资源属于上述两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的或配置顺序靠前的资源集合,那么该第一测量资源采用该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束中的第一个波束作为默认波束;如果该第一测量资源属于上述两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的资源集合,那么该第一测量资源采用该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束中的第二个波束作为默认波束。或者,如果该第一测量资源属于上述两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的资源集合,那么该第一测量资源采用该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束中的第一个波束作为默认波束;如果该第一测量资源属于上述两个资源集合中索引较小的或配置顺序靠前的资源集合,那么该第一测量资源采用该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束中的第二个波束作为默认波束。
在该实现方式下,可选的,当满足第二条件时,所述终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;
其中,第二条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:
1、网络设备没有为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束。
2、网络设备没有为终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的公共波束。
3、第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束。
4、第一测量资源为非周期测量资源。
5、第一测量资源占用的起始时域位置与触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值,例如第一测量资源对应的第一个是与时域符号和触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的最后一个时域符号之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值。
6、第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号。
7、网络设备为终端设备配置了单频网络模式A(sfnSchemeA),在单频网络模式A下,终端设备的一个控制资源集合对应两个波束,控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道通过控制资源集合对应的两个波束同时发送;或者,
8、网络设备没有为终端设备配置第一参数,第一参数用于指示所述终端设备采用两个默认波束接收终端设备的物理下行共享信道。
换言之,可选的,可以规定当满足第三条件时,终端设备才采用上述实现方式三的方式确定第一测量资源对应的默认波束,并确定该第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。
实现方式四:网络设备通过下行控制信道DCI向终端设备指示TCI状态,该DCI中的TCI字段包括至少一个TCI字段值。如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束,第一TCI字段值是所述至少一个TCI字段值中用于指示两个TCI状态的TCI字段值中最小的TCI字段值;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,则所述第一测量资源对应的默 认波束为所述第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于所述两个不同的资源集合中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束。
其中,DCI中的TCI字段包括至少一个TCI字段值。例如,该TCI字段包括三比特,该TCI字段包括八种可能的字段值,分别为000,001,010,011,100,101,110,111。如果该八种可能的字段值中用于指示两个TCI状态的字段值分别为000,001,010。那么可知第一TCI字段值为取值最小的字段值000。
具体的,如果该第一测量资源属于上述两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的或配置顺序靠前的资源集合,那么该第一测资源采用该第一TCI字段值所指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束作为默认波束;如果该第一测量资源属于上述两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的资源集合,那么该第一测量资源采用上述两个TCI状态中的第二个状态对应的波束作为默认波束。或者,如果该第一测量资源属于上述两个不同的资源集合中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的资源集合,那么该第一测量资源采用上述两个TCI状态中的第一个状态对应的波束作为默认波束;如果该第一测量资源属于上述两个不同的资源集合中索引较小的或配置顺序靠前的资源集合,那么该第一测量资源采用上述两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束作为默认波束。
在该实现方式下,可选的,当满足第三条件时,所述终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束;
其中,第三条件包括以下一项或多项的组合:
1、网络设备没有为终端设备配置了可用于下行传输的公共波束。
2、网络设备没有为终端设备指示了可用于下行传输的公共波束。
3、第一测量资源没有对应的预配置波束。
4、第一测量资源为非周期测量资源。
5、第一测量资源占用的起始时间与触发第一测量资源传输的物理下行控制信道的触发时间之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值,例如第一测量资源占用的第一个时域符号和触发第一测量资源传输的下行控制信道的最后一个时域符号之间的时间间隔小于第一门限值。
6、第一测量资源占用的时域符号上没有承载除了第一测量资源对应的测量信号之外的信号。
7、网络设备为终端设备配置第一参数,第一参数用于终端设备采用两个默认波束接收终端设备的物理下行共享信道。
换言之,可选的,可以规定当满足第三条件时,终端设备才采用上述实现方式四的方式确定第一测量资源对应的默认波束,并确定该第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。
情形二:网络设备为终端设备配置了用于多TRP信道联合测量的测量资源,实现终端设备与多TRP之间进行波束联合测量。具体的,网络设备为终端设备配置了至少一个测量上报配置,该测量上报配置关联的测量资源被配置在一个资源集合(如resource set)中。该资源集合进一步分成两个资源子集,每个资源子集中的资源对应一个TRP。终端设备通过上述资源子集可以区分对应不同TRP的资源。
进一步的,该资源集合中还包括至少一个资源对,每个资源对包括两个测量资源,该两个测量资源分别来自于上述两个资源子集。每个资源对用于进行一次两个TRP的波束联合测量,即两个测量资源分别对应的测量信号分别通过该两个TRP发送的,终端设备联合测量该两个测量资源对应的测量信号,即 可以测量得到该两个TRP组成的联合信道。
基于情形二,下面终端设备确定第一测量资源对应的默认波束的几种可能的实现方式。
实现方式一:该资源集合包括资源对;如果第一测量资源是该资源对中索引较小的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较大的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较大的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中索引较小的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束;或者,如果第一测量资源是资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第二波束。
其中,第一波束和第二波束是网络设备向终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。关于第一波束和第二波束请参阅前述图3所示的实施例的步骤301中关于第一波束和第二波束的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。
具体的,如果该第一测量资源是该资源对中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的测量资源,那么该第一测量资源采用第二波束作为默认波束,或者,如果该第一测量资源是该资源对中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的测量资源,那么该第一测量资源采用第一波束作为默认波束;或者,如果该第一测量资源是该资源对中索引较小的或配置顺序靠前的测量资源,那么该资源采用第二波束作为默认波束。
在该实现方式下,可选的,当满足第一条件时,终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。关于第一条件请参阅前述步骤702中的情形一中的相关介绍。
在该实现方式下,可选的,可以规定当满足第一条件时,终端设备才采用上述实现方式一的方式确定第一测量资源对应的默认波束,并确定该第一测量资源采用该第一测量资源对应的默认波束。
实现方式二:终端设备的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应一个波束,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的波束。关于最近一个时隙请参阅前述的相关介绍。
实现方式三:资源集合包括资源对,终端设备的最近一个时隙上传输的一个或多个控制资源集合中索引最小的控制资源集合对应两个波束;如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较大的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较大的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第一个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中索引较小的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为两个波束中的第二个波束。
关于该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束和该最近一个时隙请参阅步骤702中的情形一中的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。
具体的,如果该第一测量资源是该资源对中索引较小的或配置顺序靠前的测量资源,那么该第一测量资源采用该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束中的第一个波束作为默认波束;如果该第一测量资源是该资源对中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的测量资源,那么该第一测量资源采用该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束中的第二个波束作为默认波束;或者,如果该第一测量资源是该资源对中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的测量资源,那么该第一测量资源采用该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束中的第一个波束作为默认波束;如果该第一测量资源是该资源对中索引较小的或配置顺序靠前的测量资源,那么该第一测量资源采用该索引最小的控制资源集合对应的两个波束中的第二个波束作为默认波 束。
在该实现方式下,可选的,当满足第二条件时,所述终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。关于第二条件请参阅步骤702中情形一中的相关介绍。
换言之,可选的,可以规定当满足第二条件时,终端设备才采用实现方式三的方式确定第一测量资源对应的默认波束,并确定该第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。
实现方式四:资源集合包括资源对,网络设备通过DCI向终端设备指示TCI状态,所述DCI中的TCI字段包括至少一个TCI字段值;如果第一测量资源属于该资源对中索引较小的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束,第一TCI字段值是所述至少一个TCI字段值中用于指示两个TCI状态的TCI字段值中最小的TCI字段值;或者,如果第一测量资源属于该资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,则所述第一测量资源对应的默认波束为所述第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于该资源对中索引较大的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于该资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于该资源对中索引较大的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于该资源对中配置顺序靠后的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于该资源对中索引较小的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束;或者,如果第一测量资源属于所述该资源对中配置顺序靠前的资源集合,则第一测量资源对应的默认波束为第一TCI字段值指示的两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束。
关于第一TCI字段值请参阅步骤702中情形一中的相关介绍。
具体的,如果该第一测量资源属于该资源对中索引较小的或配置顺序靠前的资源,那么该第一测资源采用该第一TCI字段值所指示的两个TCI状态中的第一个TCI状态对应的波束作为默认波束;如果该第一测量资源属于该资源对中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的资源,那么该第一测量资源采用上述两个TCI状态中的第二个状态对应的波束作为默认波束。或者,如果该第一测量资源属于该资源对中索引较大的或配置顺序靠后的资源,那么该第一测量资源采用上述两个TCI状态中的第一个状态对应的波束作为默认波束;如果该第一测量资源属于该资源对中索引较小的或配置顺序靠前的资源,那么该第一测量资源采用上述两个TCI状态中的第二个TCI状态对应的波束作为默认波束。
在该实现方式下,可选的,当满足第三条件时,所述终端设备确定第一测量资源采用第一测量资源对应的默认波束。关于第三条件请参阅步骤702中的情形一中的相关介绍。
703、网络设备确定第一测量资源。
704、网络设备根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束。
步骤703至步骤704与前述步骤701至步骤702类似,具体可以参阅前述步骤701至步骤702的相关介绍,这里不再赘述。
需要说明的是,步骤701至步骤702和步骤703至步骤704之间没有固定的执行顺序。可以先执行步骤701至步骤702,再执行步骤703至步骤704;或者,可以先执行步骤703至步骤704,再执行步骤701至步骤702;或者,依据情况同时执行步骤701至步骤702和步骤703至步骤704,具体本申请不做限定。
705、网络设备根据第一测量资源采用的波束发送向终端设备发送第一测量资源对应的测量信号。相应的,终端设备根据第一测量资源采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第一测量资源对应的测量信号。
上述图7所示的实施例中,终端设备和网络设备分别可以确定第一测量资源采用的波束,从而实现第一测量资源对应的测量信号之间的正确传输。在多TRP的波束联合测量过程中,终端设备和网络设备可以通过上述图7所示的实施例中确定各个测量资源采用的波束,从而实现终端设备与多TRP(该多TRP可以包含于网络设备)之间的传输测量信号。实现多TRP之间的波束联合测量。
上述各个方法实施例可以单独实施,也可以结合实施。各实施例中涉及的术语和相关技术可以互相参考。也就是说不同实施例之间不矛盾或逻辑上没有冲突的技术方案之间是可以相互结合的,具体本申请不做限定。
下面对本申请实施例提供的通信装置进行描述。
图8为本申请实施例通信装置的第一种结构示意图。请参阅图8,通信装置可以用于执行图3和图7所示的实施例中终端设备执行的过程,具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关介绍。
通信装置800包括处理模块801和收发模块802。收发模块802可以实现相应的通信功能,处理模块801用于进行数据处理。收发模块802还可以称为通信接口或通信模块。
可选地,该通信装置800还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理模块801可以读取存储模块中的指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置实现前述方法实施例。
该通信装置模块800可以用于执行上文图3和图7所示的实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。该通信装置800可以为终端设备或者可配置于终端设备的部件。处理模块801用于执行上文图3和图7所示的实施例中终端设备侧的处理相关的操作。可选的,收发模块802用于执行上文图3和图7所示的实施例中终端设备侧的接收相关的操作。
可选的,收发模块802可以包括发送模块和接收模块。发送模块用于执行上述图3和图7所示的实施例中中的发送操作。接收模块用于执行上述图3和图7所示的实施例中中的接收操作。
需要说明的是,通信装置800可以包括发送模块,而不包括接收模块。或者,通信装置800可以包括接收模块,而不包括发送模块。具体可以视通信装置800执行的上述方案中是否包括发送动作和接收动作。
一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置800用于执行上文图3所示的实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。
处理模块801,用于根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合;收发模块802,用于根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束接收第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
另一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置800用于执行上文图7所示的实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。处理模块801,用于确定第一测量资源;根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束;收发模块802,用于根据第一测量资源采用的波束接收来自网络设备的第一测量资源对应的测量信号。
应理解,各模块执行上述相应过程的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
上文实施例中的处理模块801可以由至少一个处理器或处理器相关电路实现。收发模块802可以由收发器或收发器相关电路实现。收发模块802还可称为通信模块或通信接口。存储模块可以通过至少一个存储器实现。
图9为本申请实施例通信装置的第二种结构示意图。请参阅图9,通信装置可以用于执行图3和图7所示的实施例中网络设备执行的过程,具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关介绍。
通信装置900包括处理模块901和收发模块902。收发模块902可以实现相应的通信功能,处理模块901用于进行数据处理。收发模块902还可以称为通信接口或通信模块。
可选地,该通信装置900还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理模块901可以读取存储模块中的指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置实现前述方法实施例。
该通信装置模块900可以用于执行上文图3和图7所示的实施例中网络设备所执行的动作。该通信装置900可以为网络设备或者可配置于网络设备的部件。处理模块901用于执行上文图3和图7所示的实施例中网络设备侧的处理相关的操作。可选的,收发模块902用于执行上文图3和图7所示的实施例中网络设备侧的接收相关的操作。
可选的,收发模块902可以包括发送模块和接收模块。发送模块用于执行上述图3和图7所示的实 施例中的发送操作。接收模块用于执行上述图3和图7所示的实施例中的接收操作。
需要说明的是,通信装置900可以包括发送模块,而不包括接收模块。或者,通信装置900可以包括接收模块,而不包括发送模块。具体可以视通信装置900执行的上述方案中是否包括发送动作和接收动作。
一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置900用于执行上文图3所示的实施例中网络设备所执行的动作。
处理模块901,用于根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和第二控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合;收发模块902,用于根据第一控制资源集合采用的波束发送第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据第二控制资源集合采用的波束发送第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
另一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置900用于执行上文图7所示的实施例中网络设备所执行的动作。
处理模块901,用于确定第一测量资源;根据第一规则确定第一测量资源采用的波束;
收发模块902,用于根据第一测量资源采用的波束向终端设备发送第一测量资源对应的测量信号。
应理解,各模块执行上述相应过程的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
上文实施例中的处理模块901可以由至少一个处理器或处理器相关电路实现。收发模块902可以由收发器或收发器相关电路实现。收发模块902还可称为通信模块或通信接口。存储模块可以通过至少一个存储器实现。
图10为本申请实施例通信装置的第三种结构示意图。请参阅图10,通信装置可以用于执行图5所示的实施例中终端设备执行的过程,具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关介绍。
通信装置1000包括处理模块1001。可选的,通信装置1000还包括收发模块1002。收发模块1002可以实现相应的通信功能,处理模块1001用于进行数据处理。收发模块1002还可以称为通信接口或通信模块。
可选地,该通信装置1000还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理模块1001可以读取存储模块中的指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置实现前述方法实施例。
该通信装置1000可以用于执行上文图5所示的实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。该通信装置1000可以为终端设备或者可配置于终端设备的部件。处理模块1001用于执行上文图5所示的实施例中终端设备侧的处理相关的操作。可选的,收发模块1002用于执行上文图5所示的实施例中网络设备侧的接收相关的操作。
可选的,收发模块1002可以包括发送模块和接收模块。发送模块用于执行上述图5所示的实施例中的发送操作。接收模块用于执行上述图5所示的实施例中的接收操作。
需要说明的是,通信装置1000可以包括发送模块,而不包括接收模块。或者,通信装置1000可以包括接收模块,而不包括发送模块。具体可以视通信装置1000执行的上述方案中是否包括发送动作和接收动作。
该通信装置1000用于执行上文图5所示的实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。
处理模块1001,用于确定网络设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值;根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是网络设备向通信装置1000指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
应理解,各模块执行上述相应过程的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
上文实施例中的处理模块1001可以由至少一个处理器或处理器相关电路实现。收发模块1002可以由收发器或收发器相关电路实现。收发模块1002还可称为通信模块或通信接口。存储模块可以通过至少一个存储器实现。
图11为本申请实施例通信装置的第四种结构示意图。请参阅图11,通信装置可以用于执行图5和图6所示的实施例中网络设备执行的过程,具体请参考上述方法实施例中的相关介绍。
通信装置1100包括处理模块1101。可选的,通信装置1100还包括收发模块1102。收发模块1102可以实现相应的通信功能,处理模块1101用于进行数据处理。收发模块1102还可以称为通信接口或通信模块。
可选地,该通信装置1100还可以包括存储模块,该存储模块可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理模块1101可以读取存储模块中的指令和/或数据,以使得通信装置实现前述方法实施例。
该通信装置1100可以用于执行上文图5和图6所示的实施例中网络设备所执行的动作。该通信装置1100可以为网络设备或者可配置于网络设备的部件。处理模块1101用于执行上文图5和图6所示的实施例中网络设备侧的处理相关的操作。可选的,收发模块1102用于执行上文图5和图6所示的实施例中网络设备侧的接收相关的操作。
可选的,收发模块1102可以包括发送模块和接收模块。发送模块用于执行上述图6所示的实施例中的发送操作。接收模块用于执行上述图5和图6所示的实施例中的接收操作。
需要说明的是,通信装置1100可以包括发送模块,而不包括接收模块。或者,通信装置1100可以包括接收模块,而不包括发送模块。具体可以视通信装置1000执行的上述方案中是否包括发送动作和接收动作。
一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置1100用于执行上文图5所示的实施例中网络设备所执行的动作。
处理模块1101,用于确定为终端设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,即第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合均用于物理下行控制信道的重复传输;第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;当第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值;根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;即第一波束和第二波束均是可用于下行传输的公共波束。
另一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置1100用于执行上文图6所示的实施例中网络设备所执行的动作。
处理模块1101,用于确定为终端设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;根据第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值;根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束,第一波束和第二波束是通信装置1100向终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
应理解,各模块执行上述相应过程的具体过程在上述方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。
上文实施例中的处理模块1101可以由至少一个处理器或处理器相关电路实现。收发模块1102可以由收发器或收发器相关电路实现。收发模块1102还可称为通信模块或通信接口。存储模块可以通过至少一个存储器实现。
图12为本申请实施例通信装置的第五种结构示意图。请参阅图12,该通信装置1200包括处理器1210,处理器1210与存储器1220耦合,存储器1220用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据,处理器1210用于执行存储器1220存储的计算机程序或指令和/或数据,使得上文方法实施例中的方法被执行。
可选地,该通信装置1200包括的处理器1210为一个或多个。
可选地,如图12所示,该通信装置1200还可以包括存储器1220。
可选地,该通信装置1200包括的存储器1220可以为一个或多个。
可选地,该存储器1220可以与该处理器1210集成在一起,或者分离设置。
可选地,如图12所示,该通信装置1200还可以包括收发器1230,收发器1230用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如,处理器1210用于控制收发器1230进行信号的接收和/或发送。
作为一种方案,该通信装置1200用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作。
例如,处理器1210用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的处理相关的操作,收发器1230用于实现上文方法实施例中由终端设备执行的收发相关的操作。
作为一种方案,该通信装置1200用于实现上文实施例中由网络设备执行的操作。
例如,处理器1210用于实现上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的处理相关的操作,收发器1230用于实现上文方法实施例中由网络设备执行的收发相关的操作。
图13为本申请实施例通信装置的第六种结构示意图。请参阅图13,该通信装置1300可以为终端设备、终端设备的处理器、或芯片。该通信装置1300可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的操作。
当该通信装置1300为终端设备时,图13示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。如图13所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、以及收发器。存储器可以存储计算机程序代码,收发器包括发射机1331、接收机1332、射频电路(图中未示出)、天线1333以及输入输出装置(图中未示出)。
处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置。例如,触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图13中仅示出了一个存储器、处理器和收发器,在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发模块,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理模块。
如图13所示,终端设备包括处理器1310、存储器1320和收发器1330。处理器1310也可以称为处理单元,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等,收发器1330也可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发装置等。
可选地,可以将收发器1330中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收模块,将收发器1330中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送模块,即收发器1330包括接收器和发送器。收发器有时也可以称为收发机、收发模块、或收发电路等。接收器有时也可以称为接收机、接收模块、或接收电路等。发送器有时也可以称为发射机、发射模块或者发射电路等。
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理器1310用于执行图3所示的实施例中终端设备侧的处理动作,收发器1330用于执行图3中终端设备侧的收发动作。
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理器1310用于执行图5所示的实施例中终端设备侧的处理动作。可选的,收发器1330用于执行图5中终端设备侧的收发动作。
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理器1310用于执行图6所示的实施例中终端设备侧的处理动作。可选的,收发器1330用于执行图6中终端设备侧的收发动作。
例如,在一种实现方式中,处理器1310用于执行图7所示的实施例中终端设备侧的处理动作。可选的,收发器1330用于执行图7中终端设备侧的收发动作。
应理解,图13仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发模块和处理模块的终端设备可以不依赖于图7和图9所示的结构。
当该通信装置1300为芯片时,该芯片包括处理器、存储器和收发器。其中,收发器可以是输入输出电路或通信接口;处理器可以为该芯片上集成的处理模块或者微处理器或者集成电路。上述方法实施例中终端设备的发送操作可以理解为芯片的输出,上述方法实施例中终端设备的接收操作可以理解为芯片的输入。
图14为本申请实施例通信装置的第七种结构示意图。请参阅图14,该通信装置1400可以是网络设备也可以是芯片。该通信装置1400可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备所执行的操作。
当该通信装置1400为网络设备时,例如为基站。图14示出了一种简化的基站结构示意图。基站包括1410部分、1420部分以及1430部分。1410部分主要用于基带处理,对基站进行控制等;1410部分通常是基站的控制中心,通常可以称为处理器,用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理操作。1420部分主要用于存储计算机程序代码和数据。1430部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换;1430部分通常可以称为收发模块、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等。1430部分的收发模块,也可以称为收发机或收发器等,其包括天线1433和射频电路(图中未示出),其中射频电路主要用于进行射频处理。可选地,可以将1430部分中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收机,将用于实现发送功能的器件视为发射机,即1430部分包括接收机1432和发射机1431。接收机也可以称为接收模块、接收器、或接收电路等,发送机可以称为发射模块、发射器或者发射电路等。
1410部分与1420部分可以包括一个或多个单板,每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对基站的控制。若存在多个单板,各个单板之间可以互联以增强处理能力。作为一种可选的实施方式,也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器,或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器,或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。
例如,在一种实现方式中,1430部分的收发模块用于执行上述图3、图5、图6和图7所示的实施例中由网络设备执行的收发相关的过程。1410部分的处理器用于执行上述图3、图5、图6和图7所示的实施例中由网络设备执行的处理相关的过程。
应理解,图14仅为示例而非限定,上述包括处理器、存储器以及收发器的网络设备可以不依赖于图9和图11所示的结构。
当该通信装置1400为芯片时,该芯片包括收发器、存储器和处理器。其中,收发器可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理器为该芯片上集成的处理器、或者微处理器、或者集成电路。上述方法实施例中网络设备的发送操作可以理解为芯片的输出,上述方法实施例中网络设备的接收操作可以理解为芯片的输入。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现上述方法实施例中由第一通信设备执行的方法的计算机指令。
例如,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得该计算机可以实现上述方法实施例中由第一通信设备执行的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该指令被计算机执行时使得该计算机实现上述方法实施例中由第一通信设备执行的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上文实施例中的第一通信设备与第二通信设备。
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片装置,包括处理器,用于调用该存储器中存储的计算机程度或计算机指令,以使得该处理器执行上述图3、图5、图6和图7所示的实施例的方法。
一种可能的实现方式中,该芯片装置的输入对应上述图3、图5、图6和图7所示的实施例中的接收操作,该芯片装置的输出对应上述图3、图5、图6和图7所示的实施例中的发送操作。
可选的,该处理器通过接口与存储器耦合。
可选的,该芯片装置还包括存储器,该存储器中存储有计算机程度或计算机指令。
其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个通用中央处理器,微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制上述图3、图5、图6 和图7所示的实施例的方法的程序执行的集成电路。上述任一处提到的存储器可以为只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)等。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。

Claims (42)

  1. 一种波束确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    终端设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束和所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束,所述第一波束和所述第二波束是网络设备向所述终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收所述第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束接收所述第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
  2. 一种波束确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束和所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束,所述第一波束和所述第二波束是所述网络设备向终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合;
    所述网络设备根据所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束发送所述第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束发送所述第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个搜索空间分别关联的控制资源集合;其中,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,对于所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合中的任一个控制资源集合,
    当所述控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值时,所述控制资源集合采用所述第一波束;或者,
    当所述控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值时,所述控制资源集合采用所述第二波束;或者,
    当所述控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第三值时,所述控制资源集合采用所述第一波束和所述第二波束。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是所述网络设备配置的;
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数满足以下至少一项:
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都不为所述第三值;
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值不相同;
    所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第一值,另外一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第二值;
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第一值,所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第二值;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第二值,所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第一值。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是缺省的,另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是所述网络设备配置的;
    所述其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是根据所述另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是根据所述另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的,包括:
    如果所述另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第一值,则所述其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第二值;或者,
    如果所述另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第二值,则所述其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第一值。
  8. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都是缺省的;
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第一值,所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第二值;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第二值,所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第一值。
  9. 根据权利要求1、3至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当满足第一条件时,所述终端设备根据所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从所述第一波束和所述第二波束确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束和所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束;其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项或多项的组合:
    所述网络设备配置所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合均采用公共波束;
    所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置了公共波束;
    所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置了两组可用于下行传输的公共波束;
    所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的所有控制资源集合关联的控制资源集合池索引值相同。
  10. 根据权利要求2至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当满足第一条件时,所述网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束;其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项或多项的组合:
    所述网络设备配置所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合均采用公共波束;
    所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置了公共波束;
    所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置了两组可用于下行传输的公共波束;
    所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的所有控制资源集合关联的控制资源集合池索引值相同。
  11. 一种波束确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    终端设备确定网络设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,所述第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,所述第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;
    当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,所述终端设备根据所述第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束,所述第一波束和所述第二波束是所述网络设备向所述终端设备指 示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
  12. 一种波束确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    网络设备确定为终端设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,所述第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,所述第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;
    当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,所述网络设备根据所述第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值;
    所述网络设备根据所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束,所述第一波束和所述第二波束是所述网络设备向所述终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第一波束;或者,
    当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第二波束;或者,
    当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第三值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第一波束和所述第二波束。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是所述第一值和所述第二值中的一个,并且所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束与所述第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合;所述两个不同的波束集合是所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的或激活的两个波束集合。
  15. 一种波束确定方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    网络设备确定为终端设备配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,所述第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,所述第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;
    所述网络设备根据所述第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值;
    所述网络设备根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值从第一波束和第二波束中确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束,所述第一波束和所述第二波束是所述网络设备向所述终端设备指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第一值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第一波束;或者,
    当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第二值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第二波束;或者,
    当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第三值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第一波束和所述第二波束。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值是所述第一值和所述第二值中的一个,并且所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值所指示的波束与所述第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合;所述两个不同的波束集合是所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的或激活的两个波束集合。
  18. 根据权利要求14或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束属于第一波束集合,所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束属于第二波束集合;所述第一波束集合对应第一传输接收点TRP,所述第二波束集合对应第二TRP。
  19. 根据权利要求11至18中任一项所述的方法,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个搜索空间分别关联的控制资源集合;其中,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集 合为所述两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个控制资源集合中索引较小的一个控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合。
  20. 根据权利要求1至19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一波束和所述第二波束包括以下任一项:
    所述第一波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较小的波束,所述第二波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较大的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠前的波束,所述第二波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠后的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束属于第一波束集合,所述第二波束属于第二波束集合,所述第一波束集合和所述第二波束集合是所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的两个同一类型的波束集合,所述第一波束集合为所述两个同一类型的波束集合中索引较小的波束集合,所述第二波束集合为所述两个波束集合中索引较大的波束集合;或者,所述第一波束集合为所述两个同一类型的波束集合中配置顺序较靠前的波束集合,所述第二波束集合为所述两个波束集合中配置顺序较靠后的波束集合;或者,
    所述第一波束属于第一波束组,所述第二波束属于第二波束组,所述第一波束组和所述第二波束组是所述网络设备通过媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE激活的两个同一类型的波束组,所述第一波束组是所述两个同一类型的波束组中索引较小的波束组,所述第二波束组是所述两个同一类型的波束组中索引较大的波束组;或者,所述第一波束组是所述两个同一类型的波束组在所述MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠前的波束组,所述第二波束组是所述两个同一类型的波束组在所述MAC CE中激活顺序较靠后的波束组;或者,
    所述第一波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的传输配置指示TCI字段值较小的波束,所述第二波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的TCI字段值较大的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束是下行控制信息DCI中的第一个传输配置指示TCI字段指示的波束,所述第二波束是所述DCI中的第二个TCI字段指示的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束是DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第一部分字段值对应的波束,所述第二波束是DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第二部分字段值对应的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束和所述第二波束是DCI中同一TCI字段指示的两个同一类型的波束,且所述第一波束是所述两个同一类型的波束中在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠前的波束,所述第二波束是所述两个同一类型的波束中在所述MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠后的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束是第一DCI指示的波束,所述第二波束是第二DCI指示的波束,所述第一DCI是所述网络设备为所述终端设备配置的两个控制资源集合分组中第一控制资源集合分组对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH承载的DCI,所述第二DCI是所述两个控制资源集合分组中第二控制资源集合分组对应的PDCCH承载的DCI,所述第一控制资源集合分组为所述两个控制资源集合分组中分组索引较小的控制资 源集合分组,所述第二控制资源集合分组为所述两个控制资源集合分组中分组索引较大的控制资源集合分组;或者,所述第一DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示所述第一DCI指示的波束是所述第一波束,所述第二DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示所述第二DCI指示的波束是所述第二波束。
  21. 一种第一通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一通信装置包括:
    处理模块,用于根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束和所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束,所述第一波束和所述第二波束是第二通信装置向所述第一通信装置指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合;
    收发模块,用于根据所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束接收所述第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束接收所述第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
  22. 一种第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二通信装置包括:
    处理模块,用于根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束和所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束,所述第一波束和所述第二波束是所述第二通信装置向第一通信装置指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束;所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合;
    收发模块,用于根据所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束发送所述第一控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道,和根据所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束发送所述第二控制资源集合对应的物理下行控制信道。
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的第一通信装置或权利要求22所述的第二通信装置,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个搜索空间分别关联的控制资源集合;其中,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合。
  24. 根据权利要求21或23所述的第一通信装置,或权利要求22或23所述的第二通信装置,其特征在于,对于所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合中的任一个控制资源集合,
    当所述控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第一值时,所述控制资源集合采用所述第一波束;或者,
    当所述控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第二值时,所述控制资源集合采用所述第二波束;或者,
    当所述控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为第三值时,所述控制资源集合采用所述第一波束和所述第二波束。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的第一通信装置或第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是所述第二通信装置配置的;
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数满足以下至少一项:
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都不为所述第三值;
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值不 相同;
    所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第一值,另外一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第二值;
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第一值,所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第二值;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第二值,所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第一值。
  26. 根据权利要求24所述的第一通信装置或第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合中,其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是缺省的,另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是所述第二通信装置配置的;
    所述其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是根据所述另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的第一通信装置或第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值是根据所述另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值确定的,包括:
    如果所述另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第一值,则所述其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第二值;或者,
    如果所述另一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值为所述第二值,则所述其中一个控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第一值。
  28. 根据权利要求24所述的第一通信装置或第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值都是缺省的;
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第一值,所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第二值;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第二值,所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为所述第一值。
  29. 根据权利要求21、23至28中任一项所述的第一通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:当满足第一条件时,根据所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和所述第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从所述第一波束和所述第二波束确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束和所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束;其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项或多项的组合:
    所述第二通信装置配置所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合均采用公共波束;
    所述第二通信装置为所述第一通信装置配置了公共波束;
    所述第二通信装置为所述第一通信装置配置了两组可用于下行传输的公共波束;
    所述第二通信装置为所述第一通信装置配置的所有控制资源集合关联的控制资源集合池索引值相同。
  30. 根据权利要求22至28中任一项所述的第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:当满足第一条件时,根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数和第二控制资源集合对应的波束参数从第一波束和第二波束中确定第一控制资源集合采用的波束和所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束;其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少一项或多项的组合:
    所述第二通信装置配置所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合均采用公共波束;
    所述第二通信装置为所述第一通信装置配置了公共波束;
    所述第二通信装置为所述第一通信装置配置了两组可用于下行传输的公共波束;
    所述第二通信装置为所述第一通信装置配置的所有控制资源集合关联的控制资源集合池索引值相同。
  31. 一种第一通信装置,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    处理模块,用于确定第二通信装置配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,所述第一控制 资源集合采用公共波束,所述第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,根据所述第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值;根据所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束,所述第一波束和所述第二波束是所述第二通信装置向所述第一通信装置指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
  32. 一种第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述方法包括:
    处理模块,用于确定为第一通信装置配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,所述第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,所述第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的取值缺省时,根据所述第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值;根据所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值从第一波束和第二波束中确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束,所述第一波束和所述第二波束是所述第二通信装置向所述第一通信装置指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
  33. 根据权利要求31所述的第一通信装置或权利要求32所述的第二通信装置,其特征在于,当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第一值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第一波束;或者,
    当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第二值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第二波束;或者,
    当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值为第三值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第一波束和所述第二波束。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的第一通信装置或第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值是所述第一值和所述第二值中的一个,并且所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的默认取值所指示的波束与所述第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合;所述两个不同的波束集合是所述第二通信装置为所述第一通信装置配置的或激活的两个波束集合。
  35. 一种第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二通信装置包括:
    处理模块,用于确定为第一通信装置配置的第一控制资源集合和第二控制资源集合,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个控制资源集合,所述第一控制资源集合采用公共波束,所述第二控制资源集合采用专用波束;根据所述第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束确定所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值;根据第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值从第一波束和第二波束中确定所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束,所述第一波束和所述第二波束是所述第二通信装置向所述第一通信装置指示的两个可用于下行传输的公共波束。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的第二通信装置,其特征在于,当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第一值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第一波束;或者,
    当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第二值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第二波束;或者,
    当所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值为第三值时,所述第一控制资源集合采用所述第一波束和所述第二波束。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值是所述第一值和所述第二值中的一个,并且所述第一控制资源集合对应的波束参数的配置值所指示的波束与所述第二控制资源集合采用的专用波束分别属于两个不同的波束集合;所述两个不同的波束集合是所述第二通信装置为所述第一通信装置配置的或激活的两个波束集合。
  38. 根据权利要求34所述的第一通信装置,或权利要求34或37所述的第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一控制资源集合采用的波束属于第一波束集合,所述第二控制资源集合采用的波束属于第二波束集合;所述第一波束集合对应第一传输接收点TRP,所述第二波束集合对应第二TRP。
  39. 根据权利要求31、33、34、或38所述的第一通信装置,或权利要求32至38中任一项所述的 第二通信装置,所述第一控制资源集合和所述第二控制资源集合是用于物理下行控制信道重复传输的两个搜索空间分别关联的控制资源集合;其中,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中索引较小的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中索引较大的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个控制资源集合中索引较小的一个控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠后的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个控制资源集合中配置顺序较靠前的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中索引较大的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个搜索空间中索引较小的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合;或者,
    所述第一控制资源集合是所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠后的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合,所述第二控制资源集合为所述两个搜索空间中配置顺序较靠前的搜索空间对应的控制资源集合。
  40. 根据权利要求21、23至29、31、33、34、38、39中任一项所述的第一通信装置,或权利要求22至28、30、32至39中任一项所述的第二通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一波束和所述第二波束包括以下任一项:
    所述第一波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较小的波束,所述第二波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中索引较大的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠前的波束,所述第二波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中配置顺序靠后的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束属于第一波束集合,所述第二波束属于第二波束集合,所述第一波束集合和所述第二波束集合是所述第二通信装置为所述第一通信装置配置的两个同一类型的波束集合,所述第一波束集合为所述两个同一类型的波束集合中索引较小的波束集合,所述第二波束集合为所述两个波束集合中索引较大的波束集合;或者,所述第一波束集合为所述两个同一类型的波束集合中配置顺序较靠前的波束集合,所述第二波束集合为所述两个波束集合中配置顺序较靠后的波束集合;或者,
    所述第一波束属于第一波束组,所述第二波束属于第二波束组,所述第一波束组和所述第二波束组是所述第二通信装置通过媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE激活的两个同一类型的波束组,所述第一波束组是所述两个同一类型的波束组中索引较小的波束组,所述第二波束组是所述两个同一类型的波束组中索引较大的波束组;或者,所述第一波束组是所述两个同一类型的波束组在所述MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠前的波束组,所述第二波束组是所述两个同一类型的波束组在所述MAC CE中激活顺序较靠后的波束组;或者,
    所述第一波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的传输配置指示TCI字段值较小的波束,所述第二波束是所述两个可用于下行传输的公共波束中对应的TCI字段值较大的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束是下行控制信息DCI中的第一个传输配置指示TCI字段指示的波束,所述第二波束是所述DCI中的第二个TCI字段指示的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束是DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第一部分字段值对应的波束,所述第二波束是DCI中的TCI字段的所有字段值中的第二部分字段值对应的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束和所述第二波束是DCI中同一TCI字段指示的两个同一类型的波束,且所述第一波束是所述两个同一类型的波束中在MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠前的波束,所述第二波束是所述两个同一类型的波束中在所述MAC CE中的激活顺序较靠后的波束;或者,
    所述第一波束是第一DCI指示的波束,所述第二波束是第二DCI指示的波束,所述第一DCI是所述第二通信装置为所述第一通信装置配置的两个控制资源集合分组中第一控制资源集合分组对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH承载的DCI,所述第二DCI是所述两个控制资源集合分组中第二控制资源集合分组对应的PDCCH承载的DCI,所述第一控制资源集合分组为所述两个控制资源集合分组中分组索引较小的控制资源集合分组,所述第二控制资源集合分组为所述两个控制资源集合分组中分组索引较大的控制资源集合分组;或者,所述第一DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示所述第一DCI指示的波束是所述第一波束,所述第二DCI中的第一字段的取值用于指示所述第二DCI指示的波束是所述第二波束。
  41. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器;所述处理器用于执行存储器中的计算机程序或计算机指令,以执行如权利要求1、3至9、20中任一项所述的方法;或者,以执行如权利要求11、13、14、18至20中任一项所述的方法;或者,以执行如权利要求2至8、10和20中任一项所述的方法;或者,以执行如权利要求12至20中任一项所述的方法。
  42. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,其上存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被通信装置执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1、3至9、20中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求11、13、14、18至20中任一项所述的方法;或者,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求2至8、10和20中任一项所述的方法;或者,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求12至20中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2023/120806 2022-09-28 2023-09-22 波束确定方法以及相关装置 WO2024067412A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211192931.7A CN117793895A (zh) 2022-09-28 2022-09-28 波束确定方法以及相关装置
CN202211192931.7 2022-09-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024067412A1 true WO2024067412A1 (zh) 2024-04-04

Family

ID=90400571

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/120806 WO2024067412A1 (zh) 2022-09-28 2023-09-22 波束确定方法以及相关装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117793895A (zh)
WO (1) WO2024067412A1 (zh)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150253463A1 (en) * 2014-03-04 2015-09-10 Universiti Brunei Darussalam Generating an Ensemble of Forecasting Models
WO2020178843A1 (en) * 2019-03-05 2020-09-10 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) System and method for managing resources
CN112771970A (zh) * 2021-01-04 2021-05-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 默认波束的确定方法、装置、用户设备及网络设备
CN113228775A (zh) * 2018-12-20 2021-08-06 高通股份有限公司 用于共享数据信道的传输配置指示确定
CN114051705A (zh) * 2019-04-08 2022-02-15 汉尼拔Ip有限责任公司 多面板传输中推导准共位假设的方法及相关装置
CN114145063A (zh) * 2019-07-22 2022-03-04 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 回退物理上行共享信道传输的用户设备及方法

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150253463A1 (en) * 2014-03-04 2015-09-10 Universiti Brunei Darussalam Generating an Ensemble of Forecasting Models
CN113228775A (zh) * 2018-12-20 2021-08-06 高通股份有限公司 用于共享数据信道的传输配置指示确定
WO2020178843A1 (en) * 2019-03-05 2020-09-10 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) System and method for managing resources
CN114051705A (zh) * 2019-04-08 2022-02-15 汉尼拔Ip有限责任公司 多面板传输中推导准共位假设的方法及相关装置
CN114145063A (zh) * 2019-07-22 2022-03-04 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 回退物理上行共享信道传输的用户设备及方法
CN112771970A (zh) * 2021-01-04 2021-05-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 默认波束的确定方法、装置、用户设备及网络设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117793895A (zh) 2024-03-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020164601A1 (zh) 传输配置编号状态指示的方法和通信装置
WO2020034889A1 (zh) 信号传输的方法和通信装置
CN111510267B (zh) 波束指示的方法和通信装置
WO2020103793A1 (zh) 波束上报的方法和通信装置
WO2021062709A1 (zh) 数据传输的方法和装置
WO2020164454A1 (zh) 信号传输方法和通信装置
US20210337584A1 (en) Signal transmission method and apparatus
WO2022007967A1 (zh) 一种参考信号资源的配置方法和装置
WO2021017874A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置
WO2022077478A1 (zh) 一种基于波束的通信方法以及相关装置
WO2023051188A1 (zh) 分组管理方法和通信装置
EP4087345A1 (en) Beam pair training method and communication apparatus
US20240155371A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2020192719A1 (zh) 更新波束的方法与通信装置
WO2020187125A1 (zh) 数据传输方法和装置
WO2024067412A1 (zh) 波束确定方法以及相关装置
WO2021068261A1 (zh) 频域传输资源配置的方法以及装置
WO2023072099A1 (zh) 一种波束指示方法和装置
WO2023072116A1 (zh) 波束使用方法以及相关装置
WO2024032767A1 (zh) 上行传输方法以及相关装置
WO2023273969A1 (zh) 资源测量方法和通信装置
WO2024032640A1 (zh) 传输配置指示tci模式配置方法、tci状态指示方法及装置
WO2023208145A1 (zh) 一种信息传输方法及装置
WO2023093621A1 (zh) 通信方法以及通信装置
WO2023088114A1 (zh) 波束恢复方法、波束失败检测方法以及相关装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23870643

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1